<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Ray</id>
	<title>MoodleDocs - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Ray"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/Special:Contributions/Ray"/>
	<updated>2026-07-31T22:37:33Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.5</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Windows_installation_using_XAMPP&amp;diff=42982</id>
		<title>Windows installation using XAMPP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Windows_installation_using_XAMPP&amp;diff=42982"/>
		<updated>2008-08-31T11:27:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* Troubleshooting */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;XAMPP is built for tests or perhaps for a small company using it on an internal network.  It is not meant for online access via the web on a production server.  This page describes some of the ways to customize XAMPP.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: This guide uses XAMPP 1.5.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this guide to installing Moodle on a computer using the Windows XP operating system there are a series of steps you will need to take which are explained step-by-step below. In overview the process is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first steps are to obtain the Moodle files themselves and the [[Common_acronyms#N_to_Z|XAMPP]] software package which installs the environment (PHP, Apache and MySql) Moodle requires to run on you computer. When these have been downloaded you will need to install XAMPP on you computer in much the same way as any other Windows program. The steps detail a recommended change to one of the installed components before explaining how to launch XAMPP and create the database required by Moodle (the database you create will be referred to later when installing Moodle).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having set up the environment you must then place the Moodle files downloaded earlier into the correct location so that they can be accessed for the purposes of initiating the installation process (now) and later to run Moodle. (The installation and use of Moodle is conducted entirely from you web browser e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note: These guidelines are not intended for the [[Complete install packages for Windows]] from download.Moodle.org - although the troubleshooting part may help if you encounter problems.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Preparation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Get Moodle===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Download the Generic version of Moodle you wish to install from [http://download.moodle.org/ Moodle.org].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: 14a.gif]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Get XAMPP===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Download XAMPP for Windows from [http://www.apachefriends.org/en/xampp.html Apachefriends.org]. This example assumes that you have downloaded the “Installer” package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allow yourself some time===&lt;br /&gt;
*Say 45 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installing XAMPP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Run the installer, eventually you will be presented with an option about where to install the package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp2.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this example we are installing the package at c:\apachefriends\151 – that’s because it suits what our needs, you can choose you own location by specifying any suitable alternative folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Continue with the installation, this will take a while!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp3.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Eventually you will be presented with the option to install Apache, MySQL, Filezilla as a service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp4.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It’s probably best to choose “No” for now. You can always enable these as services later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Next you’ll be asked if you want to start the XAMPP Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp5.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “No” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch XAMPP Control Panel ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On your Desktop, locate the XAMPP icon and double click to launch the Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When the XAMPP Control Panel has launched, click the “Start” buttons for Apache and MySQL. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp6.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If all is well you will see something like this.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If Apache fails to run i.e. the &amp;quot;Running&amp;quot; text with the green background keeps disappearing) and you are using Skype - please review &amp;quot;Troubleshooting&amp;quot; at the end of these instructions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp31.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create the database==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a database for your Moodle “site” we will use the phpMyAdmin utility included with XAMPP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To access this launch the web browser of your choice (Firefox is used in this example), type http://localhost in the address bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp8.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The XAMPP default page is displayed, click the link for your preferred language – we will be using English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp9.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*From the menu on the left, click on “phpMyAdmin”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp10.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When phpMy Admin has launched in your browser window, enter the name of your database in the “Create new database” field. In this example we are naming our database “moodle153”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp11.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* From the &amp;quot;Collation&amp;quot; drop down list select &amp;quot;utf8_unicode_ci&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Create” button to create the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp12.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new database should be present in the dropdown list when the page has refreshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp13.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Extract the downloaded Moodle files to the correct location.==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Locate the file downloaded from Moodle.org and either copy or cut the file to the Windows clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the XAMPP Control Panel and click on the “Explore” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp15.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A Windows Explorer view similar to the one below will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp16.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the “htdocs” folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp17.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp18.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Paste the file cut/copied earlier into this folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Extract the Moodle files from the file downloaded earlier. A default folder named “moodle” is created with the Moodle files within.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp19.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Windows Vista===&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are running Windows Vista, you will need to manually create your moodledata folder and assign it permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*First, go to the &amp;quot;htdocs&amp;quot; folder and create a new folder called &amp;quot;moodledata&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Vista_moodle_1.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Second, right click and select &amp;quot;Properties&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Vista_moodle_2.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the box that pops up, select the &amp;quot;Security&amp;quot; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Vista_moodle_3.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on the &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Vista_moodle_4.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Another box will pop up. Select &amp;quot;Users&amp;quot; and give them &amp;quot;Modify&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Write&amp;quot; permissions, along with whatever existed already.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Vista_moodle_5.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Start the installation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In your web browser, type the path to the folder containing the Moodle files in te address bar – in this example it’s &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://localhost/moodle&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp23.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The initial install page is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp24.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Choose your preferred language (English is used in this example) and click the “Next” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A diagnostic report is displayed – hopefully it will look like this, if not you may need to address some issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp25.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The paths for your Moodle installation are shown – accept these or amend as desired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp26.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this screen we enter the database settings. The fields are populated with some suggested values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp27.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this example the database created is “moodle153”. The “root” user will be used without a password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*DO NOT USE THE “ROOT” USER WITHOUT A PASSWORD FOR PRODUCTION INSTALLATIONS AS THIS CREATES A SECURITY VULNERABILITY&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp28.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When the fields have been populated, click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Provided the Moodle folder is writable a message confirming the configuration has been completed will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp29.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “ Continue” button to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Moodle copyright / licence notices are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp30.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Yes” button to continue, then follow the instructions on the following screens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Bitnami===&lt;br /&gt;
*If you have previously created a Moodle install with the [http://bitnami.org Bitnami] installer you may find that Apache will not start. This is because Bitnami installs a service for Apache and MySQL. To disable these go to Control Panel &amp;gt; Administrative tools &amp;gt; Service to locate and disable these services.&lt;br /&gt;
===Skype===&lt;br /&gt;
*If XAMPP does not work when you launch your browser and you have [http://www.skype.com Skype] enabled it may be necessary to change the port settings in Skype.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Locate &amp;quot;Options...&amp;quot; in Skype.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Locate the &amp;quot;Connection&amp;quot; options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype2.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove the tick / check from the Checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype3.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the &amp;quot;Save&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You may need to re-start your computer for this to take effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Still having problems but do not have Skype installed?===&lt;br /&gt;
* Check for another program which may be using port 80. IIS is commonly found to be the culprit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Moodle Networking does not work====&lt;br /&gt;
You may need to enable curl. Instructions at this link [http://www.tildemark.com/programming/php/enable-curl-with-xampp-on-windows-xp.html Enable curl in XAMPP on XP]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
*Return to [[Windows installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Installing AMP]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Complete install packages|Complete install packages for Windows]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[sk:Moodle Windows Inštalácia pomocou XAMPP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Administrator]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Installation]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Assignment_module_FAQ&amp;diff=42215</id>
		<title>Assignment module FAQ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Assignment_module_FAQ&amp;diff=42215"/>
		<updated>2008-08-17T09:46:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* How can a selected outcome be removed from an assignment? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{stub}}{{Assignments}}==Why can&#039;t I edit grades for assignment submissions?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you edit assignment [[Grades|grades]] directly in the gradebook in Moodle 1.9, an &amp;quot;overridden&amp;quot; flag is set, meaning that the grade can no longer be edited from the [[Assignment submissions|assignment submissions]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If required, the flag can be removed by turning editing on in the [[Grader report|grader report]], then clicking the [[Grade editing|edit grade]] icon, unchecking the overridden box and saving the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can a selected outcome be removed from an assignment?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove previously selected outcomes (which appear greyed out on the update assignment page):&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Edit categories and items showing outcome link.png|left|thumb|Deleting the test outcome from the upload file assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Follow the Grades link Administration block in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select edit categories and items from the gradebook dropdown menu at the top-left of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the assignment for which the outcome is to be removed. The outcome is listed directly below it.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the delete icon opposite the outcome.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?f=117 Assignment module forum]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:FAQ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Capabilities/moodle/role:safeoverride&amp;diff=42198</id>
		<title>Capabilities/moodle/role:safeoverride</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Capabilities/moodle/role:safeoverride&amp;diff=42198"/>
		<updated>2008-08-16T14:50:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Moodle 1.9}}* This allows a user to override capabilities that do not have major [[Risks|risks]] attached to them. Higher risk capabilities are locked (greyed out) on the [[Override permissions|override permissions]] page.[[Image:Safe override permissions.png|thumb|Overriding permissions with higher risk capabilities locked]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This capability is included in Moodle 1.9.3 onwards. It is not set for any of the default roles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Capabilities classified as &amp;quot;safe&amp;quot;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gradebook&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Import grades from CSV gradeimport/csv:view&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Publish import grades from XML gradeimport/xml:publish &lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Import grades from XML gradeimport/xml:view 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Course&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit and manage entries moodle/blog:manageentries &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View blog entries moodle/blog:view 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage any calendar entries moodle/calendar:manageentries &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage group calendar entries moodle/calendar:managegroupentries &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage own calendar entries moodle/calendar:manageownentries &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hide/show activities moodle/course:activityvisibility 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Send a message to many people moodle/course:bulkmessaging &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage groups moodle/course:managegroups 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage scales moodle/course:managescales 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Control section visibility moodle/course:sectionvisibility 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Set current section moodle/course:setcurrentsection 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enable/disable email address moodle/course:useremail 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View courses moodle/course:view 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View hidden activities moodle/course:viewhiddenactivities &lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
View hidden courses moodle/course:viewhiddencourses 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
View hidden sections moodle/course:viewhiddensections 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
View participants moodle/course:viewparticipants 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
View scales moodle/course:viewscales 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hide/show courses moodle/course:visibility 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Lock grades or items moodle/grade:lock 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage letter grades moodle/grade:manageletters 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Manage grade outcomes moodle/grade:manageoutcomes &lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
Unlock grades or items moodle/grade:unlock 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View own grades moodle/grade:view 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage notes moodle/notes:manage &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View notes moodle/notes:view 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add new questions moodle/question:add &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit all questions moodle/question:editall &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit your own questions moodle/question:editmine &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit question categories moodle/question:managecategory 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Move all questions moodle/question:moveall 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Move your own questions moodle/question:movemine &lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
Use all questions moodle/question:useall 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Use your own questions moodle/question:usemine 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View all questions moodle/question:viewall 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View your own questions moodle/question:viewmine 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Override safe permissions for others moodle/role:safeoverride &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Switch to other roles moodle/role:switchroles &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unassign own roles moodle/role:unassignself 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View hidden role assignments moodle/role:viewhiddenassigns 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Access all groups moodle/site:accessallgroups 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Always see full names of users moodle/site:viewfullnames 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
View user profiles moodle/user:viewdetails 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Assignment&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grade assignment mod/assignment:grade 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Submit assignment mod/assignment:submit 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View assignment mod/assignment:view 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Chat&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Talk in a chat mod/chat:chat &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Delete chat logs mod/chat:deletelog 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Read chat logs mod/chat:readlog 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Choice&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Record a choice mod/choice:choose 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Delete responses mod/choice:deleteresponses 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Download responses mod/choice:downloadresponses 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Read responses mod/choice:readresponses 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Database&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approve unapproved entries mod/data:approve 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Write comments mod/data:comment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage comments mod/data:managecomments &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage entries mod/data:manageentries &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rate entries mod/data:rate 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View presets from all users mod/data:viewalluserpresets 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
View entries mod/data:viewentry 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View ratings mod/data:viewrating 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Write entries mod/data:writeentry &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Forum&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add news mod/forum:addnews &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create attachments mod/forum:createattachment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Delete any posts (anytime) mod/forum:deleteanypost 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Delete own posts (within deadline) mod/forum:deleteownpost 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Edit any post mod/forum:editanypost &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial subscription mod/forum:initialsubscriptions 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage subscriptions mod/forum:managesubscriptions 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Move discussions mod/forum:movediscussions 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rate posts mod/forum:rate 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reply to news mod/forum:replynews &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reply to posts mod/forum:replypost &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Split discussions mod/forum:splitdiscussions 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start new discussions mod/forum:startdiscussion &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throttling applies mod/forum:throttlingapplies &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View any ratings mod/forum:viewanyrating 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View discussions mod/forum:viewdiscussion 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View hidden timed posts mod/forum:viewhiddentimedposts 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Always see Q and A posts mod/forum:viewqandawithoutposting 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
View ratings mod/forum:viewrating 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View subscribers mod/forum:viewsubscribers 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Glossary&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approve unapproved entries mod/glossary:approve &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create comments mod/glossary:comment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Export entries mod/glossary:export 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Import entries mod/glossary:import &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage categories mod/glossary:managecategories &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage comments mod/glossary:managecomments &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage entries mod/glossary:manageentries &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rate entries mod/glossary:rate 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View ratings mod/glossary:viewrating 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create new entries mod/glossary:write &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Hot Potatoes Quiz&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attempt a quiz mod/hotpot:attempt 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Delete quiz attempts mod/hotpot:deleteattempt 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Modify grades mod/hotpot:grade 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View reports mod/hotpot:viewreport 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LAMS&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage LAMS activities mod/lams:manage 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Participate in LAMS activities mod/lams:participate 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lesson&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage a lesson activity mod/lesson:manage &lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Quiz&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attempt quizzes mod/quiz:attempt 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Delete quiz attempts mod/quiz:deleteattempts &lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
Get email confirmation when submitting mod/quiz:emailconfirmsubmission 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Get email notification of submissions mod/quiz:emailnotifysubmission 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Grade quizzes manually mod/quiz:grade 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ignores time limit on quizzes mod/quiz:ignoretimelimits 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage quizzes mod/quiz:manage 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preview quizzes mod/quiz:preview 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View quiz information mod/quiz:view 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View quiz reports mod/quiz:viewreports 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SCORM/AICC&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Save tracks mod/scorm:savetrack 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Skip overview mod/scorm:skipview &lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
View reports mod/scorm:viewreport &lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
View scores mod/scorm:viewscores &lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Survey&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download responses mod/survey:download 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Respond to survey mod/survey:participate &lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
View responses mod/survey:readresponses 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Wiki&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage wiki settings mod/wiki:manage &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Override locked pages mod/wiki:overridelock 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Edit wiki pages mod/wiki:participate &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Workshop&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage settings mod/workshop:manage &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Participate in workshop mod/workshop:participate &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;RSS Client&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create private RSS feedsblock/rss_client:createprivatefeeds 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Create shared RSS feedsblock/rss_client:createsharedfeeds &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage any RSS feedsblock/rss_client:manageanyfeeds &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage own RSS feedsblock/rss_client:manageownfeeds 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Block&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View block moodle/block:view&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Override permissions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Allow role overrides]]&lt;br /&gt;
*The capability [[Capabilities/moodle/role:override|moodle/role:override]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Capabilities/moodle/role:safeoverride&amp;diff=42197</id>
		<title>Capabilities/moodle/role:safeoverride</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Capabilities/moodle/role:safeoverride&amp;diff=42197"/>
		<updated>2008-08-16T14:48:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Moodle 1.9}}* This allows a user to override capabilities that do not have major [[Risks|risks]] attached to them. Higher risk capabilities are locked (greyed out) on the [[Override permissions|override permissions]] page.[[Image:Safe override permissions.png|thumb|Overriding permissions with higher risk capabilities locked]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This capability is included in Moodle 1.9.3 onwards. It is not set for any of the default roles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Capabilities classified as &amp;quot;safe&amp;quot;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gradebook&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Import grades from CSV gradeimport/csv:view&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Publish import grades from XML gradeimport/xml:publish &lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Import grades from XML gradeimport/xml:view 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Course&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit and manage entries moodle/blog:manageentries &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View blog entries moodle/blog:view 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage any calendar entries moodle/calendar:manageentries &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage group calendar entries moodle/calendar:managegroupentries &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage own calendar entries moodle/calendar:manageownentries &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hide/show activities moodle/course:activityvisibility 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Send a message to many people moodle/course:bulkmessaging &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage groups moodle/course:managegroups 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage scales moodle/course:managescales 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Control section visibility moodle/course:sectionvisibility 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Set current section moodle/course:setcurrentsection 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enable/disable email address moodle/course:useremail 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View courses moodle/course:view 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View hidden activities moodle/course:viewhiddenactivities &lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
View hidden courses moodle/course:viewhiddencourses 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
View hidden sections moodle/course:viewhiddensections 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
View participants moodle/course:viewparticipants 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
View scales moodle/course:viewscales 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hide/show courses moodle/course:visibility 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Lock grades or items moodle/grade:lock 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage letter grades moodle/grade:manageletters 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Manage grade outcomes moodle/grade:manageoutcomes &lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
Unlock grades or items moodle/grade:unlock 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View own grades moodle/grade:view 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage notes moodle/notes:manage &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View notes moodle/notes:view 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add new questions moodle/question:add &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit all questions moodle/question:editall &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit your own questions moodle/question:editmine &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit question categories moodle/question:managecategory 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Move all questions moodle/question:moveall 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Move your own questions moodle/question:movemine &lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
Use all questions moodle/question:useall 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Use your own questions moodle/question:usemine 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View all questions moodle/question:viewall 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View your own questions moodle/question:viewmine 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Override safe permissions for others moodle/role:safeoverride &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Switch to other roles moodle/role:switchroles &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unassign own roles moodle/role:unassignself 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View hidden role assignments moodle/role:viewhiddenassigns 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Access all groups moodle/site:accessallgroups 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Always see full names of users moodle/site:viewfullnames 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
View user profiles moodle/user:viewdetails 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Assignment&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grade assignment mod/assignment:grade 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Submit assignment mod/assignment:submit 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View assignment mod/assignment:view 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Chat&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Talk in a chat mod/chat:chat &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Delete chat logs mod/chat:deletelog 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Read chat logs mod/chat:readlog 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Choice&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Record a choice mod/choice:choose 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Delete responses mod/choice:deleteresponses 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Download responses mod/choice:downloadresponses 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Read responses mod/choice:readresponses 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Database&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approve unapproved entries mod/data:approve 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Write comments mod/data:comment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage comments mod/data:managecomments &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage entries mod/data:manageentries &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rate entries mod/data:rate 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View presets from all users mod/data:viewalluserpresets 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
View entries mod/data:viewentry 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View ratings mod/data:viewrating 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Write entries mod/data:writeentry &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Forum&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add news mod/forum:addnews &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create attachments mod/forum:createattachment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Delete any posts (anytime) mod/forum:deleteanypost 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Delete own posts (within deadline) mod/forum:deleteownpost 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Edit any post mod/forum:editanypost &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial subscription mod/forum:initialsubscriptions 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage subscriptions mod/forum:managesubscriptions 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Move discussions mod/forum:movediscussions 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rate posts mod/forum:rate 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reply to news mod/forum:replynews &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reply to posts mod/forum:replypost &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Split discussions mod/forum:splitdiscussions 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start new discussions mod/forum:startdiscussion &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throttling applies mod/forum:throttlingapplies &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View any ratings mod/forum:viewanyrating 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View discussions mod/forum:viewdiscussion 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View hidden timed posts mod/forum:viewhiddentimedposts 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Always see Q and A posts mod/forum:viewqandawithoutposting 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
View ratings mod/forum:viewrating 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View subscribers mod/forum:viewsubscribers 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Glossary&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approve unapproved entries mod/glossary:approve &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create comments mod/glossary:comment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Export entries mod/glossary:export 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Import entries mod/glossary:import &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage categories mod/glossary:managecategories &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage comments mod/glossary:managecomments &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage entries mod/glossary:manageentries &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rate entries mod/glossary:rate 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View ratings mod/glossary:viewrating 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create new entries mod/glossary:write &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Hot Potatoes Quiz&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attempt a quiz mod/hotpot:attempt 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Delete quiz attempts mod/hotpot:deleteattempt 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
 modify grades mod/hotpot:grade 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View reports mod/hotpot:viewreport 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LAMS&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage LAMS activities mod/lams:manage 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Participate in LAMS activities mod/lams:participate 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lesson&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage a lesson activity mod/lesson:manage &lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Quiz&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attempt quizzes mod/quiz:attempt 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Delete quiz attempts mod/quiz:deleteattempts &lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
Get email confirmation when submitting mod/quiz:emailconfirmsubmission 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Get email notification of submissions mod/quiz:emailnotifysubmission 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Grade quizzes manually mod/quiz:grade 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ignores time limit on quizzes mod/quiz:ignoretimelimits 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage quizzes mod/quiz:manage 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preview quizzes mod/quiz:preview 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View quiz information mod/quiz:view 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View quiz reports mod/quiz:viewreports 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SCORM/AICC&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Save tracks mod/scorm:savetrack 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Skip overview mod/scorm:skipview &lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
View reports mod/scorm:viewreport &lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
View scores mod/scorm:viewscores &lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Survey&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download responses mod/survey:download 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Respond to survey mod/survey:participate &lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
View responses mod/survey:readresponses 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Wiki&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage wiki settings mod/wiki:manage &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Override locked pages mod/wiki:overridelock 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Edit wiki pages mod/wiki:participate &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Workshop&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage settings mod/workshop:manage &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Participate in workshop mod/workshop:participate &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;RSS Client&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create private RSS feedsblock/rss_client:createprivatefeeds 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Create shared RSS feedsblock/rss_client:createsharedfeeds &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage any RSS feedsblock/rss_client:manageanyfeeds &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage own RSS feedsblock/rss_client:manageownfeeds 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Block&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View block moodle/block:view&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Override permissions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Allow role overrides]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Capabilities/moodle/role:safeoverride&amp;diff=42196</id>
		<title>Capabilities/moodle/role:safeoverride</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Capabilities/moodle/role:safeoverride&amp;diff=42196"/>
		<updated>2008-08-16T14:39:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* See also */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Moodle 1.9}}* This allows a user to override capabilities that do not have major [[Risks|risks]] attached to them. Higher risk capabilities are locked (greyed out) on the [[Override permissions|override permissions]] page.[[Image:Safe override permissions.png|thumb|Overriding permissions with higher risk capabilities locked]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This capability is included in Moodle 1.9.3 onwards. It is not set for any of the default roles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Override permissions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Allow role overrides]]&lt;br /&gt;
*The capability&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Capabilities/moodle/role:safeoverride&amp;diff=42195</id>
		<title>Capabilities/moodle/role:safeoverride</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Capabilities/moodle/role:safeoverride&amp;diff=42195"/>
		<updated>2008-08-16T14:38:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* See also */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Moodle 1.9}}* This allows a user to override capabilities that do not have major [[Risks|risks]] attached to them. Higher risk capabilities are locked (greyed out) on the [[Override permissions|override permissions]] page.[[Image:Safe override permissions.png|thumb|Overriding permissions with higher risk capabilities locked]]&lt;br /&gt;
* This capability is included in Moodle 1.9.3 onwards. It is not set for any of the default roles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Override permissions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Allow role overrides]]&lt;br /&gt;
*The capability [[Capabilities/moodle/role:override|moodle/role:override]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Capabilities|Role]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Roles]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[[Capabilities classified as &amp;quot;safe&amp;quot;]]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Gradebook&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Import grades from CSV gradeimport/csv:view&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Publish import grades from XML gradeimport/xml:publish &lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Import grades from XML gradeimport/xml:view 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Course&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit and manage entriesmoodle/blog:manageentries &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View blog entriesmoodle/blog:view 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage any calendar entriesmoodle/calendar:manageentries &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage group calendar entriesmoodle/calendar:managegroupentries &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage own calendar entriesmoodle/calendar:manageownentries &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hide/show activitiesmoodle/course:activityvisibility 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Send a message to many peoplemoodle/course:bulkmessaging &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage groupsmoodle/course:managegroups 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage scalesmoodle/course:managescales 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Control section visibilitymoodle/course:sectionvisibility 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Set current sectionmoodle/course:setcurrentsection 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enable/disable email addressmoodle/course:useremail 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View coursesmoodle/course:view 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View hidden activitiesmoodle/course:viewhiddenactivities &lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
View hidden coursesmoodle/course:viewhiddencourses 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
View hidden sectionsmoodle/course:viewhiddensections 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
View participantsmoodle/course:viewparticipants 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
View scalesmoodle/course:viewscales 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hide/show coursesmoodle/course:visibility 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Lock grades or itemsmoodle/grade:lock 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage letter gradesmoodle/grade:manageletters 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Manage grade outcomesmoodle/grade:manageoutcomes &lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
Unlock grades or itemsmoodle/grade:unlock 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View own gradesmoodle/grade:view 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage notesmoodle/notes:manage &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View notesmoodle/notes:view 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add new questionsmoodle/question:add &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit all questionsmoodle/question:editall &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit your own questionsmoodle/question:editmine &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit question categoriesmoodle/question:managecategory 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Move all questionsmoodle/question:moveall 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Move your own questionsmoodle/question:movemine &lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
Use all questionsmoodle/question:useall 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Use your own questionsmoodle/question:usemine 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View all questionsmoodle/question:viewall 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View your own questionsmoodle/question:viewmine 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Override safe permissions for othersmoodle/role:safeoverride &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Switch to other rolesmoodle/role:switchroles &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unassign own rolesmoodle/role:unassignself 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View hidden role assignmentsmoodle/role:viewhiddenassigns 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Access all groupsmoodle/site:accessallgroups 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Always see full names of usersmoodle/site:viewfullnames 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
View user profilesmoodle/user:viewdetails 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Assignment&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grade assignmentmod/assignment:grade 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Submit assignmentmod/assignment:submit 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View assignmentmod/assignment:view 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Chat&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Talk in a chatmod/chat:chat &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Delete chat logsmod/chat:deletelog 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Read chat logsmod/chat:readlog 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Choice&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Record a choicemod/choice:choose 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Delete responsesmod/choice:deleteresponses 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Download responsesmod/choice:downloadresponses 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Read responsesmod/choice:readresponses 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Database&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approve unapproved entriesmod/data:approve 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Write commentsmod/data:comment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage commentsmod/data:managecomments &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage entriesmod/data:manageentries &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rate entriesmod/data:rate 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View presets from all usersmod/data:viewalluserpresets 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
View entriesmod/data:viewentry 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View ratingsmod/data:viewrating 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Write entriesmod/data:writeentry &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Forum&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add newsmod/forum:addnews &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create attachmentsmod/forum:createattachment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Delete any posts (anytime)mod/forum:deleteanypost 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Delete own posts (within deadline)mod/forum:deleteownpost 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Edit any postmod/forum:editanypost &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial subscriptionmod/forum:initialsubscriptions 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage subscriptionsmod/forum:managesubscriptions 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Move discussionsmod/forum:movediscussions 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rate postsmod/forum:rate 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reply to newsmod/forum:replynews &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reply to postsmod/forum:replypost &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Split discussionsmod/forum:splitdiscussions 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start new discussionsmod/forum:startdiscussion &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throttling appliesmod/forum:throttlingapplies &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View any ratingsmod/forum:viewanyrating 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View discussionsmod/forum:viewdiscussion 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View hidden timed postsmod/forum:viewhiddentimedposts 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Always see Q and A postsmod/forum:viewqandawithoutposting 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
View ratingsmod/forum:viewrating 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View subscribersmod/forum:viewsubscribers 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Glossary&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approve unapproved entriesmod/glossary:approve &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create commentsmod/glossary:comment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Export entriesmod/glossary:export 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Import entriesmod/glossary:import &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage categoriesmod/glossary:managecategories &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage commentsmod/glossary:managecomments &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage entriesmod/glossary:manageentries &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rate entriesmod/glossary:rate 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View ratingsmod/glossary:viewrating 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create new entriesmod/glossary:write &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Hot Potatoes Quiz&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attempt a quizmod/hotpot:attempt 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Delete quiz attemptsmod/hotpot:deleteattempt 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Modify gradesmod/hotpot:grade 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View reportsmod/hotpot:viewreport 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LAMS&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage LAMS activitiesmod/lams:manage 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Participate in LAMS activitiesmod/lams:participate 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lesson&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage a lesson activitymod/lesson:manage &lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Quiz&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attempt quizzesmod/quiz:attempt 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Delete quiz attemptsmod/quiz:deleteattempts &lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
Get email confirmation when submittingmod/quiz:emailconfirmsubmission 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Get email notification of submissionsmod/quiz:emailnotifysubmission 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Grade quizzes manuallymod/quiz:grade 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ignores time limit on quizzesmod/quiz:ignoretimelimits 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage quizzesmod/quiz:manage 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preview quizzesmod/quiz:preview 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View quiz informationmod/quiz:view 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View quiz reportsmod/quiz:viewreports 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SCORM/AICC&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Save tracksmod/scorm:savetrack 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Skip overviewmod/scorm:skipview &lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
View reportsmod/scorm:viewreport &lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
View scoresmod/scorm:viewscores &lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Survey&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download responsesmod/survey:download 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Respond to surveymod/survey:participate &lt;br /&gt;
		&lt;br /&gt;
View responsesmod/survey:readresponses 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Wiki&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage wiki settingsmod/wiki:manage &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Override locked pagesmod/wiki:overridelock 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Edit wiki pagesmod/wiki:participate &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Workshop&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage settingsmod/workshop:manage &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Participate in workshopmod/workshop:participate &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;RSS Client&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create private RSS feedsblock/rss_client:createprivatefeeds 	&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Create shared RSS feedsblock/rss_client:createsharedfeeds &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage any RSS feedsblock/rss_client:manageanyfeeds &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manage own RSS feedsblock/rss_client:manageownfeeds 		&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Block&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View blockmoodle/block:view&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Page_content&amp;diff=37771</id>
		<title>Page content</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Page_content&amp;diff=37771"/>
		<updated>2008-06-17T07:48:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* Anchor */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Course_Lesson_Page_Content2.gif|frame|left|Ver 1.5.3]] &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The page content is the typical place a student sees in a lesson to receive information-content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle is very robust when it comes to placing content before a student.   It has both an HTML source code and a friendly WYSIWYG interface with standard icons for different editing functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Tool Bar ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Course Lesson Page Content Toolbar.GIF|frame|left|Toolbar in Ver 1.5 to 1.8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; The toolbar should be familiar to users of word processors.  The toolbar creates HTML code for the user.  It is possible to see or reveal the code on the page with the icon that looks like  &amp;lt;&amp;gt;.  [[HTML_editor|More help with HTML can be found here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Text Editing ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Brief review of text editing features&lt;br /&gt;
 Fonts, Centering, etc&lt;br /&gt;
 Special Characters&lt;br /&gt;
 Colors&lt;br /&gt;
 Paragraph&lt;br /&gt;
 Clean Word HTML&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Image Insertion ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ed_image.gif]] The Image Icon will assist you in creating HTML code. The Image Icon on the tool bar brings up this popup window. We should mention here that JPG, GIF and PNG files are recognized Moodle images file types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Course Lesson Page Content InsertImage Popup1.GIF|frame|right|Version 1.5.3]] These folders and files can also be found in the administration block under [[Files|files]].&lt;br /&gt;
#The basic steps are to locate the file &lt;br /&gt;
##Using the File Browser Window for previously uploaded files, OR&lt;br /&gt;
##Upload a file&lt;br /&gt;
###Locate and click on the location the file will go to in the File Browser Window&lt;br /&gt;
###Use Browse button to locate file (local machine)&lt;br /&gt;
###Use Update button to place file in File Browser Window, &lt;br /&gt;
#click on file in File Browser Window to place file in &amp;quot;Insert URL&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Enter Alternative Text&lt;br /&gt;
#Optional Use Layout, spacing and size parameters&lt;br /&gt;
*Best practice is to put all of a single activities images in a folder such as &amp;quot;Lesson Example&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
**It is possible to zip a local folder with images and upload it to a course lesson. See files [[Files|Click here for more information on files]].&lt;br /&gt;
**Remember to use the Refresh feature on your browser if the image does not appear to change in the Moodle Lesson.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you browse for a local course image file its URL will be inserted like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; http://www.yourMoodle.net/moodle/file.php/5/courseFolder2/pic1.jpg&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where /5/ is the numerical ID of your course. This will work fine IF nothing is changed. But &#039;&#039;&#039;if you change your domain name, your moodle folder name, the image link won&#039;t work. If you backup and restore the course as a new copy or on another server, the link won&#039;t work.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you shorten the URL to:&lt;br /&gt;
# /moodle/file.php/5/courseFolder2/pic1.jpg it will work even if your domain is changed, but not if restored as new course.&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;courseFolder2/pic1.jpg&#039;&#039;&#039; it will work even if your course file is backuped and restored as a new course, even on another server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Site file folder linking&#039;&#039;&#039;: (on Moodle 1.8.2 at least)&lt;br /&gt;
The URL to files there always contain /1/ like http://www.yourMoodle.net/moodle/file.php/1/siteFolder2/test.jpg &lt;br /&gt;
Anyone with the URL can access files there. Files in course file folders are only accessable by people logged in an belonging to the course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A link like: /moodle/file.php/1/siteFolder2/test.jpg will work, and should even work if the site is mirrored on another server (AND the moodle folder name is not changed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Links that &#039;&#039;&#039;don&#039;t work&#039;&#039;&#039; are &lt;br /&gt;
 ../1/siteFolder2/test.jpg  and&lt;br /&gt;
 /file.php/1/siteFolder2/test.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multimedia insertion===&lt;br /&gt;
Linking a URLs to text is one way to point to multimedia resources and the appropriate multimedia player installed as a [[Multimedia plugin]].   Please refer to the specific type of  media in MoodleDos for more detailed information about linking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Embed a Flash (captivate) File in a Lesson===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to embed your captivate simulations in the lesson page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to your file space and copy the url of your swf file onto your clipboard. Go back to your lesson page and add the following to the code-view editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;iframe src=&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;paste_url_here&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; frameborder=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; scrolling=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;400&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;550&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/iframe&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That should do it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Links &amp;amp; Anchors ===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Link (chain icon)==== &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ed link.gif|frame|left|]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An HTML link creates a path to external, internal or the current page. The icon saves writing code.  One method is to copy the address bar from the location you want, click on the link icon,then paste it URL. Another method is to press the Browse button.  This will take you to the [[Files]] area of the course.  From here it is possible to select an existing file or to upload a new file and link to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three fields when the Link icon is used.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:HTML Link Insert1.JPG]]&lt;br /&gt;
##URL the web based address.  Note a course file has a URL address via the browse button&lt;br /&gt;
##Title - what appears when the mouse rolls over the link&lt;br /&gt;
##Target - What kind of window should be called up.&lt;br /&gt;
##Anchors - A pull down list allows you to select an anchor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Anchor  ==== &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Ed anchor.gif|frame|left|]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An HTML anchor identifies text within a page which can be referenced by a link.&lt;br /&gt;
To use the Anchor, highlight the word, then click on the Anchor icon.  Give the anchor a name.&lt;br /&gt;
Anywhere on the page, highlight the word you would like to link to the Anchor.  Use the Link icon and the pull down menu to find the correct anchor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tables ===&lt;br /&gt;
Add, edit, adjust&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Path ==&lt;br /&gt;
What is that line at the bottom of Page Content show?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Content examples ==&lt;br /&gt;
Description of question or branch page contents&lt;br /&gt;
===Creative examples===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Add an icon to a title bar, such as a course or site catagory&lt;br /&gt;
**Insert the image into the brief description, toggle HTML source code, copy the code for the image and paste it in the title bar. &lt;br /&gt;
**It is possible to adjust the size via the width and height parameters, the alternative text and title parameters in the code are not needed.&lt;br /&gt;
**Example of code &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;img width=&amp;quot;25&amp;quot; vspace=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; hspace=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;25&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; src=&amp;quot;http://demo.moodle.org/file.php/4/f1.jpg&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
inserted before text in course title gives this&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:HTML Link Insert title example1.JPG|thumb|center|Example Course Title Bar with icon]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See Also ==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Flash]] inserting them in content of questions or branch pages&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/help.php?file=index.html Index of Help Files] - Scroll down to &amp;quot;Reading and Writing&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Files]] - Uploading, creating, moving, deleting course files and folders&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Lesson]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Filters&amp;diff=36708</id>
		<title>Filters</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Filters&amp;diff=36708"/>
		<updated>2008-05-25T03:05:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* Standard filters */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Location: &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Modules &amp;gt; Manage filters&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filters allow for the automatic transformation of entered text into different, often more complex forms. For example the titles of [[Resources|resources]] can automatically become hyperlinks that take you to the relevant resource, URLs pointing to [[mp3]] files can become [[Flash]] controls embedded in the web page that let you pause and rewind the audio. The possibilities are endless and there are a number of standard filters included with Moodle and many more specialized filters available from the Moodle.org [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?id=6009 Modules and plugins database].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Enabling filters==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:filters admin.png|thumb|Filters administration in Moodle 1.8]]&lt;br /&gt;
To enable a filter:&lt;br /&gt;
#Access Administration &amp;gt; Modules &amp;gt; Filters.&lt;br /&gt;
#On the filters administration page, click the eye icon opposite the filter you want to enable, so that it changes to an open eye.&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the up/down arrow icons to arrange the filters in the order in which they should be applied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certain filters have additional settings, which can be accessed via the links in the settings column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Common settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Prior to Moodle 1.9, common filter settings can be found in &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Appearance &amp;gt; Filter settings&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Text cache lifetime===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Text filters can take a lot of processor power to analyze. If you have a large number of courses, the filters may slow your system. The text cache lifetime determines how often the filters run. If you set them to run too frequently, your system may&lt;br /&gt;
slow down. If you set them to run too infrequently, analyzing new content will take too long and users will notice. You should experiment to find the correct amount of time for your server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filter uploaded files===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setting enables uploaded files (HTML and text only) to be processed by the filters system. You can choose to have none, only HTML or all files filtered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filter match once per page===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setting effects the glossary, activity and resource linking filters. If set to yes, only the first match on the complete page will be converted to a link. All others will be ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filter match once per text===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setting effects the glossary, activity and resource linking filters. If set to yes, only the first match in a discrete block of text will be converted to a link. All others in that text block will be ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filter all strings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If checked, headings and titles can be displayed in different languages using the [[Multi language content|multi-language filter]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Standard filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filters included in the standard download are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Activity Names Auto-linking - This scans text for activity titles that exist in the same course and creates a link.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Algebra filter|Algebra]] - This filter will convert algebra code into GIF images. It requires the tex filter to be installed ([[#TeX notation|see below]]). Note also that your system must also include the following Perl module: HTML::Entities.pm&lt;br /&gt;
*Database auto-linking - As the name suggests, this filter enables automatic linking of [[Database module]] entries.&lt;br /&gt;
*Email Protection - This filter scans the text for any email addresses. Where found they are changed (obfuscated) to reduce the chance of being added to a spammers list. However, as this filter is switched off by default, the site administrator may wish to enable this filter before importing user&#039;s email addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
*Glossary auto-linking - As the name suggests, this filter enables automatic linking of [[Glossary module]] entries. In addition to this filter, individual glossary entries should have the &amp;quot;This entry should be automatically linked&amp;quot; box checked.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Multi language content]] - This filter enables resources to be created in multiple languages. It looks for &amp;amp;lt;span&amp;amp;nbsp;lang=&amp;quot;xx&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;multilang&amp;quot;&amp;amp;gt;...&amp;amp;lt;/span&amp;amp;gt; tags which indicate that a text contains multiple languages. Then it selects and outputs the best language for the current user. The language of the resource will change when the user changes their selected Moodle language. Please note: going to the past, the multilang filter supported the &amp;amp;lt;lang&amp;amp;gt; tag. Then, officially, we changed it to the standard HTML &amp;amp;lt;span&amp;amp;gt; tag and the &amp;amp;lt;lang&amp;amp;gt; solution is now deprecated.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Multimedia plugins]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Resource Names Auto-linking - The titles of [[Resources]] can automatically become hyperlinks that take you to the relevant resource within the same course.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[TeX filter|TeX notation]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Tidy - This filter checks whether HTML code is XHTML compliant, tidying where necessary. To make this filter work you need to have PHP compiled with the libtidy option; see http://www.php.net/tidy. The Using Moodle discussion [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=28418 Tidy Filter for Moodle 1.5] contains more details.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wiki Page Auto-linking&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Word censorship]] - This filter &amp;quot;blacks out&amp;quot; words found on a list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Non-standard filters==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filters are one of Moodle&#039;s pluggable resources and may be added or removed simply by using a file manager to add or remove them from the &#039;&#039;/filters&#039;&#039; directory.  Moodle detects those that are present and makes them available to use.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Jmol filter|Jmol]] - for interactive 3D viewing of molecular structures&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Code Syntax Highlighting]] - for more readable excerpts of programming languages including [[PHP]], [[HTML]], [[CSS]], and XML amongst many others&lt;br /&gt;
* [[HiddenText filter|HiddenText]] - for teachers who want to provide &amp;quot;hints&amp;quot; to students where the information is initially hidden but can easily be revealed by student in any time when he need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Filters used on the Moodle.org forums]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Filters]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://youtube.com/watch?v=rL1FVNewG7I Video demonstrating the set-up and use of filters in Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
*Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=76206 Filter Demo&#039;s now online] forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Filter]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Filtros (Administrador)]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Filtres (administrateur)]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:フィルタ (管理者)]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Moodle_manuals&amp;diff=36324</id>
		<title>Moodle manuals</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Moodle_manuals&amp;diff=36324"/>
		<updated>2008-05-17T16:48:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* Administration manuals */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
This page contains some links to manuals, tutorials and other multimedia documentation produced by moodlers all over the world. Please feel free to submit your contribution by adding a link to this page or sending the file to [mailto:docs@moodle.org docs@moodle.org].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Teacher manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===English===&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/moodle_1.4.3_for_teachers_and_trainers.pdf Moodle 1.4.3 For Teachers and Trainers] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Bryan Williams&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 2.4MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/other/Using-Your-Moodle.pdf Using Your Moodle (1.4.3)] by [https://docs.moodle.org/en/User:Darren_Smith Darren Smith] (PDF, 2MB, Published Jan 2005)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual.pdf Moodle 1.4 Teacher Manual] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.staff.sbc.edu/tmarcais/classfiles/moodle/Moodle1.5.3.pdf Moodle 1.5.3 Teacher Manual] - Original Documentation by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039;, updated to version 1.5.3 by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 9.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.packtpub.com/moodle/book Moodle E-Learning Course Development] - by William Rice, [http://www.packtpub.com/ Packt Publishing], May 2006, 250 pages, €33.29/$35.99&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.fct.unl.pt/mod/resource/view.php?id=24107 A Visual Introduction to Moodle - for teachers and page creators] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;João Fernandes&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 4MB), 43 pages, [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/2.5/ Creative Commons Non-Comercial Share Alike 2.5 License]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.tokem.fi/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Illustrated on-line Beginner, Student and Teacher manuals for Moodle 1.5.4, 1.6.4 and 1.8.3] (including some third-party tools and Flash demos as well as a concise Hot Potatoes manual) by &#039;&#039;&#039;Paul Nijbakker&#039;&#039;&#039;, eLearning Centre of Kemi-Tornio University of Applied Sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.sbc.edu/mod/resource/view.php?id=8088 Moodle Upgrading from 1.5.3 to 1.8, Changes for Teachers] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.sbc.edu/mod/resource/view.php?id=8087 Moodle 1.8 Teacher Manual] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (based in part on documentation by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039;) (PDF, 10.6MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/mod/resource/view.php?id=2092 Moodle Teacher Handbook (Moodle 1.9)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Renate Jirmann and Ralf Hilgenstock&#039;&#039;&#039;, 163 pages, 30,- € plus mailing expenses, customized versions and online licence available&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9780596529185/ Using Moodle, Second Edition] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jason Cole&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Helen Foster&#039;&#039;&#039;, 282 pages, $27,99 for the PDF version, each chapter available as a PDF for $3,99 a piece&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.schoolanywhere.co.uk/moodle_book.php Teacher&#039;s Beginners Guide to Using Moodle] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;SchoolAnywhere&#039;&#039;&#039; , 24 pages, FREE for the PDF version&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.howtomoodle.com/index.php/moodle-manuals Course Creator Reference Manual 1.8] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ray Lawrence&#039;&#039;&#039; Print 191 pages £15&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.howtomoodle.com/index.php/moodle-manuals Administrator Reference Manual 1.8] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ray Lawrence&#039;&#039;&#039; Print 69 pages £12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other Languages===&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FTamil%2FMoodle_Teacher_Manual_TA.pdf Moodle 1.8+ Teacher Manual (Tamil - Sri Lanka)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Kengatharaiyer Sarveswaran&#039;&#039;&#039; ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka. (PDF, 1.54MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FSinhala%2FMoodle_Teacher_Manual_SI.pdf Moodle 1.8+ Teacher Manual (Sinhala)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Sulochana Sooriyaarachchi&#039;&#039;&#039; ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka. (PDF, 2.79MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-1.5-nl.pdf Moodle 1.5 Teacher Manual (Dutch)] - (PDF, 3MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-it.pdf Moodle 1.3 Teacher Manual (Italian)] - (PDF, 3.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-fr.pdf Moodle 1.3 Teacher Manual (French)] - (PDF, 5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-es.pdf Moodle Teacher Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Enrique Castro Lopez&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 5.4MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lasalle.es/descargas/ManualMoodle2006.zip Moodle 1.5 Teacher Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jesús Martín&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 5.2MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/file.php/1/Moodle_Trainer_18_public.pdf Moodle 1.8 Trainerhandbuch (German) Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] - von Renate Jirmann und Ralf Hilgenstock 30,- € (gedruckt 155 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//mod/resource/view.php?id=1294 moodle @ work (German) Praxisberichte /Use Cases Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] 12,50 €(gedruckt 150 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/mod/resource/view.php?id=1645 moodle- Praxisbuch (German) Info] - von Fredi Gertsch, Addison&amp;amp;Wesley 540 pages, 44,95 €&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://file024r.mylivepage.com/chunk24/390895/255/Arb_MOODLE.pdf Moodle Teacher Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 6.4MB)  استعمال موودل للمعلمين باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.fct.unl.pt/mod/resource/view.php?id=24107 Uma introdução visual ao Moodle - pa] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;João Fernandes&#039;&#039;&#039; ra professores e criadores de páginas (PDF, 4MB), 43 pages, [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/2.5/ Creative Commons Non-Comercial Share Alike 2.5 License]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.open.hr/request.php?5 Moodle 1.6 Teacher Manual (Croatian)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ivana Bosnić&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.moodle.si/moodle/mod/wiki/view.php?id=22 Moodle 1.6 Teacher Manual (Slovenian)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Alja Sulčič&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Viktorija Sulčič&#039;&#039;&#039;, Center for e-learning, Faculty of management Koper, Slovenia (Wiki version, requires free site registration)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://195.148.254.152/moodle/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Moodle opiskelijan ja opettajan opas 1.5.4 ja 1.6.4] &#039;&#039;&#039;Sanna Saukkoriipi&#039;&#039;&#039;, Kemi-Tornion ammattikorkeakoulun eOppimiskeskus.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de German DVD] 8 Stunden Anleitungsvideos- von &#039;&#039;&#039;Ralf Hilgenstock&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://aulavirtual2.educa.madrid.org/mod/resource/view.php?inpopup=true&amp;amp;id=5659 Moodle versión 1.8 Manual de consulta para el profesorado (Spanish)] - &#039;&#039;&#039;Jesús Baños Sancho&#039;&#039;&#039; (16.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Administration manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.howtomoodle.com/index.php/moodle-manuals Administrator Reference Manual 1.8] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ray Lawrence&#039;&#039;&#039; Print 69 pages £12&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//mod/resource/view.php?id=1191 Handbuch Installation und Administration (German) Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] - von André Krüger, Urs Hunkler, Ralf Hilgenstock 30,- € (gedruckt 110 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/file.php/16/moddata/forum/160/234243/Install_Moodle.pdf Moodle Administrator Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 0.3MB)  تنزيل موودل باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Student manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FTamil%2FMoodle_Student_Manual_TA.pdf Moodle 1.8+ Student Manual (Tamil - Sri Lanka)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Kengatharaiyer Sarveswaran ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka.&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 700KB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FSinhala%2FMoodle_Student_Manual_SI.pdf Moodle  1.8+ Student Manual (Sinhala)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Sulochana Sooriyaarachchi ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka.&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 2 MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/user_manual_es.pdf Moodle User Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Enrique Castro&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//file.php?file=/1/Bestellblatt.pdf Teilnehmerhandbuch (German) Info und Bestellformular] - von Ralf Hilgenstock und Renate Jirmann (gedruckt  63 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://jamildepalestina.mylivepage.com/file/?fileid=882 Moodle Student Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3 MB)   استعمال موودل للطلاب باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.tokem.fi/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Illustrated on-line Beginner, Student and Teacher manuals for Moodle 1.5.4, 1.6.4 and 1.8.2] (including descriptions of some contrib tools) in English and Finnish by &#039;&#039;&#039;Paul Nijbakker&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Sanna Saukkoriipi&#039;&#039;&#039;, eLearning Centre of Kemi-Tornio University of Applied Sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Moodle presentations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Teacher]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Manuales de Moodle]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Moodle_manuals&amp;diff=36323</id>
		<title>Moodle manuals</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Moodle_manuals&amp;diff=36323"/>
		<updated>2008-05-17T16:46:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* English */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
This page contains some links to manuals, tutorials and other multimedia documentation produced by moodlers all over the world. Please feel free to submit your contribution by adding a link to this page or sending the file to [mailto:docs@moodle.org docs@moodle.org].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Teacher manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===English===&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/moodle_1.4.3_for_teachers_and_trainers.pdf Moodle 1.4.3 For Teachers and Trainers] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Bryan Williams&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 2.4MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/other/Using-Your-Moodle.pdf Using Your Moodle (1.4.3)] by [https://docs.moodle.org/en/User:Darren_Smith Darren Smith] (PDF, 2MB, Published Jan 2005)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual.pdf Moodle 1.4 Teacher Manual] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.staff.sbc.edu/tmarcais/classfiles/moodle/Moodle1.5.3.pdf Moodle 1.5.3 Teacher Manual] - Original Documentation by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039;, updated to version 1.5.3 by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 9.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.packtpub.com/moodle/book Moodle E-Learning Course Development] - by William Rice, [http://www.packtpub.com/ Packt Publishing], May 2006, 250 pages, €33.29/$35.99&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.fct.unl.pt/mod/resource/view.php?id=24107 A Visual Introduction to Moodle - for teachers and page creators] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;João Fernandes&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 4MB), 43 pages, [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/2.5/ Creative Commons Non-Comercial Share Alike 2.5 License]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.tokem.fi/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Illustrated on-line Beginner, Student and Teacher manuals for Moodle 1.5.4, 1.6.4 and 1.8.3] (including some third-party tools and Flash demos as well as a concise Hot Potatoes manual) by &#039;&#039;&#039;Paul Nijbakker&#039;&#039;&#039;, eLearning Centre of Kemi-Tornio University of Applied Sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.sbc.edu/mod/resource/view.php?id=8088 Moodle Upgrading from 1.5.3 to 1.8, Changes for Teachers] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.sbc.edu/mod/resource/view.php?id=8087 Moodle 1.8 Teacher Manual] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (based in part on documentation by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039;) (PDF, 10.6MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/mod/resource/view.php?id=2092 Moodle Teacher Handbook (Moodle 1.9)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Renate Jirmann and Ralf Hilgenstock&#039;&#039;&#039;, 163 pages, 30,- € plus mailing expenses, customized versions and online licence available&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9780596529185/ Using Moodle, Second Edition] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jason Cole&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Helen Foster&#039;&#039;&#039;, 282 pages, $27,99 for the PDF version, each chapter available as a PDF for $3,99 a piece&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.schoolanywhere.co.uk/moodle_book.php Teacher&#039;s Beginners Guide to Using Moodle] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;SchoolAnywhere&#039;&#039;&#039; , 24 pages, FREE for the PDF version&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.howtomoodle.com/index.php/moodle-manuals Course Creator Reference Manual 1.8] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ray Lawrence&#039;&#039;&#039; Print 191 pages £15&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.howtomoodle.com/index.php/moodle-manuals Administrator Reference Manual 1.8] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ray Lawrence&#039;&#039;&#039; Print 69 pages £12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other Languages===&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FTamil%2FMoodle_Teacher_Manual_TA.pdf Moodle 1.8+ Teacher Manual (Tamil - Sri Lanka)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Kengatharaiyer Sarveswaran&#039;&#039;&#039; ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka. (PDF, 1.54MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FSinhala%2FMoodle_Teacher_Manual_SI.pdf Moodle 1.8+ Teacher Manual (Sinhala)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Sulochana Sooriyaarachchi&#039;&#039;&#039; ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka. (PDF, 2.79MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-1.5-nl.pdf Moodle 1.5 Teacher Manual (Dutch)] - (PDF, 3MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-it.pdf Moodle 1.3 Teacher Manual (Italian)] - (PDF, 3.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-fr.pdf Moodle 1.3 Teacher Manual (French)] - (PDF, 5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-es.pdf Moodle Teacher Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Enrique Castro Lopez&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 5.4MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lasalle.es/descargas/ManualMoodle2006.zip Moodle 1.5 Teacher Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jesús Martín&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 5.2MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/file.php/1/Moodle_Trainer_18_public.pdf Moodle 1.8 Trainerhandbuch (German) Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] - von Renate Jirmann und Ralf Hilgenstock 30,- € (gedruckt 155 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//mod/resource/view.php?id=1294 moodle @ work (German) Praxisberichte /Use Cases Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] 12,50 €(gedruckt 150 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/mod/resource/view.php?id=1645 moodle- Praxisbuch (German) Info] - von Fredi Gertsch, Addison&amp;amp;Wesley 540 pages, 44,95 €&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://file024r.mylivepage.com/chunk24/390895/255/Arb_MOODLE.pdf Moodle Teacher Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 6.4MB)  استعمال موودل للمعلمين باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.fct.unl.pt/mod/resource/view.php?id=24107 Uma introdução visual ao Moodle - pa] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;João Fernandes&#039;&#039;&#039; ra professores e criadores de páginas (PDF, 4MB), 43 pages, [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/2.5/ Creative Commons Non-Comercial Share Alike 2.5 License]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.open.hr/request.php?5 Moodle 1.6 Teacher Manual (Croatian)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ivana Bosnić&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.moodle.si/moodle/mod/wiki/view.php?id=22 Moodle 1.6 Teacher Manual (Slovenian)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Alja Sulčič&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Viktorija Sulčič&#039;&#039;&#039;, Center for e-learning, Faculty of management Koper, Slovenia (Wiki version, requires free site registration)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://195.148.254.152/moodle/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Moodle opiskelijan ja opettajan opas 1.5.4 ja 1.6.4] &#039;&#039;&#039;Sanna Saukkoriipi&#039;&#039;&#039;, Kemi-Tornion ammattikorkeakoulun eOppimiskeskus.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de German DVD] 8 Stunden Anleitungsvideos- von &#039;&#039;&#039;Ralf Hilgenstock&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://aulavirtual2.educa.madrid.org/mod/resource/view.php?inpopup=true&amp;amp;id=5659 Moodle versión 1.8 Manual de consulta para el profesorado (Spanish)] - &#039;&#039;&#039;Jesús Baños Sancho&#039;&#039;&#039; (16.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Administration manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lulu.com/content/1893731 Administrator Reference Manual 1.8] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ray Lawrence&#039;&#039;&#039; Print 69 pages £12&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//mod/resource/view.php?id=1191 Handbuch Installation und Administration (German) Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] - von André Krüger, Urs Hunkler, Ralf Hilgenstock 30,- € (gedruckt 110 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/file.php/16/moddata/forum/160/234243/Install_Moodle.pdf Moodle Administrator Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 0.3MB)  تنزيل موودل باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Student manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FTamil%2FMoodle_Student_Manual_TA.pdf Moodle 1.8+ Student Manual (Tamil - Sri Lanka)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Kengatharaiyer Sarveswaran ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka.&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 700KB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FSinhala%2FMoodle_Student_Manual_SI.pdf Moodle  1.8+ Student Manual (Sinhala)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Sulochana Sooriyaarachchi ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka.&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 2 MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/user_manual_es.pdf Moodle User Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Enrique Castro&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//file.php?file=/1/Bestellblatt.pdf Teilnehmerhandbuch (German) Info und Bestellformular] - von Ralf Hilgenstock und Renate Jirmann (gedruckt  63 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://jamildepalestina.mylivepage.com/file/?fileid=882 Moodle Student Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3 MB)   استعمال موودل للطلاب باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.tokem.fi/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Illustrated on-line Beginner, Student and Teacher manuals for Moodle 1.5.4, 1.6.4 and 1.8.2] (including descriptions of some contrib tools) in English and Finnish by &#039;&#039;&#039;Paul Nijbakker&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Sanna Saukkoriipi&#039;&#039;&#039;, eLearning Centre of Kemi-Tornio University of Applied Sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Moodle presentations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Teacher]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Manuales de Moodle]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Moodle_manuals&amp;diff=36309</id>
		<title>Moodle manuals</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Moodle_manuals&amp;diff=36309"/>
		<updated>2008-05-16T15:59:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* English */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
This page contains some links to manuals, tutorials and other multimedia documentation produced by moodlers all over the world. Please feel free to submit your contribution by adding a link to this page or sending the file to [mailto:docs@moodle.org docs@moodle.org].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Teacher manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===English===&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lulu.com/content/1930255 Course Creator Reference Manual 1.8] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ray Lawrence&#039;&#039;&#039; Print 191 pages £15&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lulu.com/content/1893731 Administrator Reference Manual 1.8] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ray Lawrence&#039;&#039;&#039; Print 69 pages £12&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/moodle_1.4.3_for_teachers_and_trainers.pdf Moodle 1.4.3 For Teachers and Trainers] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Bryan Williams&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 2.4MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/other/Using-Your-Moodle.pdf Using Your Moodle (1.4.3)] by [https://docs.moodle.org/en/User:Darren_Smith Darren Smith] (PDF, 2MB, Published Jan 2005)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual.pdf Moodle 1.4 Teacher Manual] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.staff.sbc.edu/tmarcais/classfiles/moodle/Moodle1.5.3.pdf Moodle 1.5.3 Teacher Manual] - Original Documentation by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039;, updated to version 1.5.3 by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 9.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.packtpub.com/moodle/book Moodle E-Learning Course Development] - by William Rice, [http://www.packtpub.com/ Packt Publishing], May 2006, 250 pages, €33.29/$35.99&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.fct.unl.pt/mod/resource/view.php?id=24107 A Visual Introduction to Moodle - for teachers and page creators] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;João Fernandes&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 4MB), 43 pages, [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/2.5/ Creative Commons Non-Comercial Share Alike 2.5 License]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.tokem.fi/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Illustrated on-line Beginner, Student and Teacher manuals for Moodle 1.5.4, 1.6.4 and 1.8.3] (including some third-party tools and Flash demos as well as a concise Hot Potatoes manual) by &#039;&#039;&#039;Paul Nijbakker&#039;&#039;&#039;, eLearning Centre of Kemi-Tornio University of Applied Sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.sbc.edu/mod/resource/view.php?id=8088 Moodle Upgrading from 1.5.3 to 1.8, Changes for Teachers] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.sbc.edu/mod/resource/view.php?id=8087 Moodle 1.8 Teacher Manual] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (based in part on documentation by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039;) (PDF, 10.6MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/mod/resource/view.php?id=2092 Moodle Teacher Handbook (Moodle 1.9)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Renate Jirmann and Ralf Hilgenstock&#039;&#039;&#039;, 163 pages, 30,- € plus mailing expenses, customized versions and online licence available&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9780596529185/ Using Moodle, Second Edition] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jason Cole&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Helen Foster&#039;&#039;&#039;, 282 pages, $27,99 for the PDF version, each chapter available as a PDF for $3,99 a piece&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.schoolanywhere.co.uk/moodle_book.php Teacher&#039;s Beginners Guide to Using Moodle] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;SchoolAnywhere&#039;&#039;&#039; , 24 pages, FREE for the PDF version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other Languages===&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FTamil%2FMoodle_Teacher_Manual_TA.pdf Moodle 1.8+ Teacher Manual (Tamil - Sri Lanka)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Kengatharaiyer Sarveswaran&#039;&#039;&#039; ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka. (PDF, 1.54MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FSinhala%2FMoodle_Teacher_Manual_SI.pdf Moodle 1.8+ Teacher Manual (Sinhala)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Sulochana Sooriyaarachchi&#039;&#039;&#039; ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka. (PDF, 2.79MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-1.5-nl.pdf Moodle 1.5 Teacher Manual (Dutch)] - (PDF, 3MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-it.pdf Moodle 1.3 Teacher Manual (Italian)] - (PDF, 3.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-fr.pdf Moodle 1.3 Teacher Manual (French)] - (PDF, 5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-es.pdf Moodle Teacher Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Enrique Castro Lopez&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 5.4MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lasalle.es/descargas/ManualMoodle2006.zip Moodle 1.5 Teacher Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jesús Martín&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 5.2MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/file.php/1/Moodle_Trainer_18_public.pdf Moodle 1.8 Trainerhandbuch (German) Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] - von Renate Jirmann und Ralf Hilgenstock 30,- € (gedruckt 155 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//mod/resource/view.php?id=1294 moodle @ work (German) Praxisberichte /Use Cases Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] 12,50 €(gedruckt 150 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/mod/resource/view.php?id=1645 moodle- Praxisbuch (German) Info] - von Fredi Gertsch, Addison&amp;amp;Wesley 540 pages, 44,95 €&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://file024r.mylivepage.com/chunk24/390895/255/Arb_MOODLE.pdf Moodle Teacher Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 6.4MB)  استعمال موودل للمعلمين باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.fct.unl.pt/mod/resource/view.php?id=24107 Uma introdução visual ao Moodle - pa] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;João Fernandes&#039;&#039;&#039; ra professores e criadores de páginas (PDF, 4MB), 43 pages, [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/2.5/ Creative Commons Non-Comercial Share Alike 2.5 License]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.open.hr/request.php?5 Moodle 1.6 Teacher Manual (Croatian)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ivana Bosnić&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.moodle.si/moodle/mod/wiki/view.php?id=22 Moodle 1.6 Teacher Manual (Slovenian)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Alja Sulčič&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Viktorija Sulčič&#039;&#039;&#039;, Center for e-learning, Faculty of management Koper, Slovenia (Wiki version, requires free site registration)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://195.148.254.152/moodle/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Moodle opiskelijan ja opettajan opas 1.5.4 ja 1.6.4] &#039;&#039;&#039;Sanna Saukkoriipi&#039;&#039;&#039;, Kemi-Tornion ammattikorkeakoulun eOppimiskeskus.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de German DVD] 8 Stunden Anleitungsvideos- von &#039;&#039;&#039;Ralf Hilgenstock&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://aulavirtual2.educa.madrid.org/mod/resource/view.php?inpopup=true&amp;amp;id=5659 Moodle versión 1.8 Manual de consulta para el profesorado (Spanish)] - &#039;&#039;&#039;Jesús Baños Sancho&#039;&#039;&#039; (16.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Administration manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lulu.com/content/1893731 Administrator Reference Manual 1.8] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ray Lawrence&#039;&#039;&#039; Print 69 pages £12&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//mod/resource/view.php?id=1191 Handbuch Installation und Administration (German) Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] - von André Krüger, Urs Hunkler, Ralf Hilgenstock 30,- € (gedruckt 110 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/file.php/16/moddata/forum/160/234243/Install_Moodle.pdf Moodle Administrator Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 0.3MB)  تنزيل موودل باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Student manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FTamil%2FMoodle_Student_Manual_TA.pdf Moodle 1.8+ Student Manual (Tamil - Sri Lanka)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Kengatharaiyer Sarveswaran ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka.&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 700KB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FSinhala%2FMoodle_Student_Manual_SI.pdf Moodle  1.8+ Student Manual (Sinhala)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Sulochana Sooriyaarachchi ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka.&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 2 MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/user_manual_es.pdf Moodle User Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Enrique Castro&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//file.php?file=/1/Bestellblatt.pdf Teilnehmerhandbuch (German) Info und Bestellformular] - von Ralf Hilgenstock und Renate Jirmann (gedruckt  63 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://jamildepalestina.mylivepage.com/file/?fileid=882 Moodle Student Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3 MB)   استعمال موودل للطلاب باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.tokem.fi/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Illustrated on-line Beginner, Student and Teacher manuals for Moodle 1.5.4, 1.6.4 and 1.8.2] (including descriptions of some contrib tools) in English and Finnish by &#039;&#039;&#039;Paul Nijbakker&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Sanna Saukkoriipi&#039;&#039;&#039;, eLearning Centre of Kemi-Tornio University of Applied Sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Moodle presentations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Teacher]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Manuales de Moodle]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Moodle_manuals&amp;diff=36308</id>
		<title>Moodle manuals</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Moodle_manuals&amp;diff=36308"/>
		<updated>2008-05-16T15:56:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* Administration manuals */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
This page contains some links to manuals, tutorials and other multimedia documentation produced by moodlers all over the world. Please feel free to submit your contribution by adding a link to this page or sending the file to [mailto:docs@moodle.org docs@moodle.org].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Teacher manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===English===&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.howtomoodle.com/index.php/moodle-manuals Course Creator Reference Manual 1.8] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ray Lawrence&#039;&#039;&#039; Print 191 pages £15&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.howtomoodle.com/index.php/moodle-manuals Administrator Reference Manual 1.8] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ray Lawrence&#039;&#039;&#039; Print 69 pages £12&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/moodle_1.4.3_for_teachers_and_trainers.pdf Moodle 1.4.3 For Teachers and Trainers] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Bryan Williams&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 2.4MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/other/Using-Your-Moodle.pdf Using Your Moodle (1.4.3)] by [https://docs.moodle.org/en/User:Darren_Smith Darren Smith] (PDF, 2MB, Published Jan 2005)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual.pdf Moodle 1.4 Teacher Manual] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.staff.sbc.edu/tmarcais/classfiles/moodle/Moodle1.5.3.pdf Moodle 1.5.3 Teacher Manual] - Original Documentation by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039;, updated to version 1.5.3 by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 9.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.packtpub.com/moodle/book Moodle E-Learning Course Development] - by William Rice, [http://www.packtpub.com/ Packt Publishing], May 2006, 250 pages, €33.29/$35.99&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.fct.unl.pt/mod/resource/view.php?id=24107 A Visual Introduction to Moodle - for teachers and page creators] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;João Fernandes&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 4MB), 43 pages, [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/2.5/ Creative Commons Non-Comercial Share Alike 2.5 License]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.tokem.fi/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Illustrated on-line Beginner, Student and Teacher manuals for Moodle 1.5.4, 1.6.4 and 1.8.3] (including some third-party tools and Flash demos as well as a concise Hot Potatoes manual) by &#039;&#039;&#039;Paul Nijbakker&#039;&#039;&#039;, eLearning Centre of Kemi-Tornio University of Applied Sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.sbc.edu/mod/resource/view.php?id=8088 Moodle Upgrading from 1.5.3 to 1.8, Changes for Teachers] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.sbc.edu/mod/resource/view.php?id=8087 Moodle 1.8 Teacher Manual] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (based in part on documentation by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039;) (PDF, 10.6MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/mod/resource/view.php?id=2092 Moodle Teacher Handbook (Moodle 1.9)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Renate Jirmann and Ralf Hilgenstock&#039;&#039;&#039;, 163 pages, 30,- € plus mailing expenses, customized versions and online licence available&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9780596529185/ Using Moodle, Second Edition] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jason Cole&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Helen Foster&#039;&#039;&#039;, 282 pages, $27,99 for the PDF version, each chapter available as a PDF for $3,99 a piece&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.schoolanywhere.co.uk/moodle_book.php Teacher&#039;s Beginners Guide to Using Moodle] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;SchoolAnywhere&#039;&#039;&#039; , 24 pages, FREE for the PDF version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other Languages===&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FTamil%2FMoodle_Teacher_Manual_TA.pdf Moodle 1.8+ Teacher Manual (Tamil - Sri Lanka)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Kengatharaiyer Sarveswaran&#039;&#039;&#039; ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka. (PDF, 1.54MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FSinhala%2FMoodle_Teacher_Manual_SI.pdf Moodle 1.8+ Teacher Manual (Sinhala)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Sulochana Sooriyaarachchi&#039;&#039;&#039; ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka. (PDF, 2.79MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-1.5-nl.pdf Moodle 1.5 Teacher Manual (Dutch)] - (PDF, 3MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-it.pdf Moodle 1.3 Teacher Manual (Italian)] - (PDF, 3.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-fr.pdf Moodle 1.3 Teacher Manual (French)] - (PDF, 5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-es.pdf Moodle Teacher Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Enrique Castro Lopez&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 5.4MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lasalle.es/descargas/ManualMoodle2006.zip Moodle 1.5 Teacher Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jesús Martín&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 5.2MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/file.php/1/Moodle_Trainer_18_public.pdf Moodle 1.8 Trainerhandbuch (German) Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] - von Renate Jirmann und Ralf Hilgenstock 30,- € (gedruckt 155 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//mod/resource/view.php?id=1294 moodle @ work (German) Praxisberichte /Use Cases Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] 12,50 €(gedruckt 150 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/mod/resource/view.php?id=1645 moodle- Praxisbuch (German) Info] - von Fredi Gertsch, Addison&amp;amp;Wesley 540 pages, 44,95 €&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://file024r.mylivepage.com/chunk24/390895/255/Arb_MOODLE.pdf Moodle Teacher Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 6.4MB)  استعمال موودل للمعلمين باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.fct.unl.pt/mod/resource/view.php?id=24107 Uma introdução visual ao Moodle - pa] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;João Fernandes&#039;&#039;&#039; ra professores e criadores de páginas (PDF, 4MB), 43 pages, [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/2.5/ Creative Commons Non-Comercial Share Alike 2.5 License]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.open.hr/request.php?5 Moodle 1.6 Teacher Manual (Croatian)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ivana Bosnić&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.moodle.si/moodle/mod/wiki/view.php?id=22 Moodle 1.6 Teacher Manual (Slovenian)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Alja Sulčič&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Viktorija Sulčič&#039;&#039;&#039;, Center for e-learning, Faculty of management Koper, Slovenia (Wiki version, requires free site registration)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://195.148.254.152/moodle/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Moodle opiskelijan ja opettajan opas 1.5.4 ja 1.6.4] &#039;&#039;&#039;Sanna Saukkoriipi&#039;&#039;&#039;, Kemi-Tornion ammattikorkeakoulun eOppimiskeskus.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de German DVD] 8 Stunden Anleitungsvideos- von &#039;&#039;&#039;Ralf Hilgenstock&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://aulavirtual2.educa.madrid.org/mod/resource/view.php?inpopup=true&amp;amp;id=5659 Moodle versión 1.8 Manual de consulta para el profesorado (Spanish)] - &#039;&#039;&#039;Jesús Baños Sancho&#039;&#039;&#039; (16.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Administration manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lulu.com/content/1893731 Administrator Reference Manual 1.8] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ray Lawrence&#039;&#039;&#039; Print 69 pages £12&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//mod/resource/view.php?id=1191 Handbuch Installation und Administration (German) Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] - von André Krüger, Urs Hunkler, Ralf Hilgenstock 30,- € (gedruckt 110 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/file.php/16/moddata/forum/160/234243/Install_Moodle.pdf Moodle Administrator Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 0.3MB)  تنزيل موودل باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Student manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FTamil%2FMoodle_Student_Manual_TA.pdf Moodle 1.8+ Student Manual (Tamil - Sri Lanka)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Kengatharaiyer Sarveswaran ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka.&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 700KB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FSinhala%2FMoodle_Student_Manual_SI.pdf Moodle  1.8+ Student Manual (Sinhala)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Sulochana Sooriyaarachchi ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka.&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 2 MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/user_manual_es.pdf Moodle User Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Enrique Castro&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//file.php?file=/1/Bestellblatt.pdf Teilnehmerhandbuch (German) Info und Bestellformular] - von Ralf Hilgenstock und Renate Jirmann (gedruckt  63 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://jamildepalestina.mylivepage.com/file/?fileid=882 Moodle Student Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3 MB)   استعمال موودل للطلاب باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.tokem.fi/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Illustrated on-line Beginner, Student and Teacher manuals for Moodle 1.5.4, 1.6.4 and 1.8.2] (including descriptions of some contrib tools) in English and Finnish by &#039;&#039;&#039;Paul Nijbakker&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Sanna Saukkoriipi&#039;&#039;&#039;, eLearning Centre of Kemi-Tornio University of Applied Sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Moodle presentations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Teacher]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Manuales de Moodle]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Development:Conditional_activities&amp;diff=36199</id>
		<title>Development:Conditional activities</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Development:Conditional_activities&amp;diff=36199"/>
		<updated>2008-05-15T15:24:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* This activity will be available when ... */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This is a developer&#039;s page for Moodle Version 2.0, describing an evolving specification.  UNDER CONSTRUCTION!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditional activities allow the course editor to hide certain activities until conditions on other activities have been met.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, a student will not see Assignment B until they have scored 80% or higher on Quiz A. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Objectives==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# We want to know when activities are finished (for each user independently)&lt;br /&gt;
# We want to have this calculated automatically, but also manually if required.&lt;br /&gt;
# We want other some activities to be hidden until other activities are done.&lt;br /&gt;
# We want to &amp;quot;chain&amp;quot; these things into learning paths.&lt;br /&gt;
# We want the course page to remain fast.&lt;br /&gt;
# We want conditional activities to be optional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:sam marshall|sam marshall]] For us and no doubt other places, the &#039;activity completion&#039; part of the system is still useful even if we are not using conditional activities for a course. We would then want a reporting interface so that tutors can see which tracked activities their students have/haven&#039;t completed. (And for course staff, obviously they would be able to see all students on the course in the same manner.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two main approaches to this.  For the discussion below let&#039;s use A to mean a source activity, and B and C to mean two activities that are only available when A is done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approach 1: The one used by activity locking is to place the UI to choose the conditions in B, so that it specifies the passing grades etc that are needed for A so that B is unlocked.  This has advantages in that B can specify a different passing grade that C (both on the same A).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Approach 2: This places the logic in A, so that it defines when it is &amp;quot;done&amp;quot; any way it likes and B can just say &amp;quot;I&#039;m available when A is done&amp;quot;.  The advantages here are that A can define &amp;quot;done&amp;quot; in any way it likes, and the configuration can be more subtle if the module wants it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approach described below actually combines BOTH these approaches so it should please everyone and allow the maximum flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Interfaces== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Site settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Admins can turn Conditional Activities on/off for the whole site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Course settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Teachers can choose between three states for a course:&lt;br /&gt;
# Conditional Activities off&lt;br /&gt;
# Conditional Activities Manual&lt;br /&gt;
# Conditional Activities Auto &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Course page===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For teachers&lt;br /&gt;
* Each activity will have an icon indicating the status, and clicking on it takes you to the activity settings (see below).  These are also available as a tab from the main activity pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For students&lt;br /&gt;
* Colour icons (checkboxes) in red/orange/green down the side of the course format indicate the status of each activity&lt;br /&gt;
* In manual mode, these can be clicked on to toggle the status as required (so that students can manually keep track of what they&#039;ve done).&lt;br /&gt;
* In auto mode, these icons are fixed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:sam marshall|sam marshall]] Be very careful with colours. You mustn&#039;t use colour as only way of displaying information (accessibility). I&#039;d suggest something like: For manual mode, use straightforward checkbox as above; For auto mode, use an icon as described but make these look different as well as different colour (I&#039;d suggest grey crosshatching for unavailable, white (hollow w/black outline) for available but not done, green tick inside box for done-pass, red cross inside box for done-fail) and of course include alt text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:sam marshall|sam marshall]] &#039;Manual&#039; and &#039;Auto&#039; modes maybe needs rethinking. I think this should be actually be a choice of &#039;disable system&#039; (why? well, anyway), &#039;enable system&#039;, and &#039;enable system plus student progress&#039;. These are equiv to off, auto, and auto+manual. The reason for this is that if you specify conditions for something you always want it to be &#039;auto&#039; obviously. But, anything you didn&#039;t specify conditions for, it could be &#039;manual&#039; (i.e. you want students to track progress on some things that are not trackable automatically, e.g. &#039;go and read this web link&#039; (a link) or &#039;go and read the book we sent you&#039; (a label)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:sam marshall|sam marshall]] If this approach is adopted (or anyway for standard manual), it needs a way to turn off progress support per-activity, this could be in course_modules or whatever. For example you don&#039;t want to include a &#039;progress&#039; box on something like a generic course forum that is available for the life of the course, or a course resources page that&#039;s similar, or a page about how to contact student support. We do this because in editing mode, our checkboxes include a tiny little eye icon next to them so you can hide them where they aren&#039;t needed. Maybe also appropriate to set defaults i.e. labels default to not having progress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:sam marshall|sam marshall]] At the OU we use an option that controls who sees the checkbox. Remember course:participate? YES IT&#039;S THAT AGAIN. Not that it is really really desperately needed or anything. Ahem. But anyhow, we have a specific permission for who the progress system applies to, and this is checked with doanything=false. You might need something similar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activity settings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the teacher is editing the activity settings for each activity, they see two parts to the page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====This activity will be available when ...====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The UI here is standard for all modules. (Settings are stored in the &#039;&#039;&#039;course_modules_avail&#039;&#039;&#039; table.)  It shows all the other activities in the course, and beside each of them are menus to choose from:&lt;br /&gt;
* Grade &amp;gt;= X  (&amp;lt;, &amp;lt;=, &amp;gt;= and &amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
* Viewed&lt;br /&gt;
* Completed (as defined by that activity)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:sam marshall|sam marshall]] Should also include date as a condition. Would be stored in course_modules_avail&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:ray| Ray Lawrence]] Absolute dates or relative to the course start date?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:sam marshall|sam marshall]] Maybe consider also an option for whether the activity is visible before it is available, greyed out with a &#039;This activity will be available when...&#039; note, or not displayed at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====This activity will be completed when ...====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This UI shows optional settings for this activity to define when it thinks it is finished.  (Settings are stored in &#039;&#039;&#039;course_modules_done&#039;&#039;&#039; table):&lt;br /&gt;
* Grade &amp;gt;= X  (&amp;lt;, &amp;lt;=, &amp;gt;= and &amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
* Viewed&lt;br /&gt;
* Something else (interface defined by module)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tables==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===course_modules_completion===&lt;br /&gt;
This table records the status of each user completing each activity module.  It represents current state and is used to make the display of course pages very fast.  It is updated whenever grades or modules change etc.  See also [[Development:Course_completion]] for course completion which is a separate system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* id &lt;br /&gt;
* courseid  - just here for speed&lt;br /&gt;
* cmid  - FK to course_modules&lt;br /&gt;
* userid &lt;br /&gt;
* status - hide / not done / in progress / done fail / done pass&lt;br /&gt;
* timemodified&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===course_modules_avail===&lt;br /&gt;
Records settings for availability &lt;br /&gt;
* id &lt;br /&gt;
* cmid  - the activity that is defining the condition&lt;br /&gt;
* cmsourceid - the activity we are checking&lt;br /&gt;
* gradesign  - &amp;lt;, &amp;gt;, &amp;lt;=, =&amp;gt; etc&lt;br /&gt;
* gradecutoff &lt;br /&gt;
* views - boolean&lt;br /&gt;
* modulespecific - boolean&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:sam marshall|sam marshall]] I think modulespecific is difficult to handle here because it probably needs to be set per module (i.e. typically in the module settings page and stored in the module&#039;s main table). Suggest moving to the _done table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:sam marshall|sam marshall]] Eloy suggested we should only store conditions in one place (as opposed to the A/B above) but I see the possible need for several e.g. a quiz, you want one activity that shows if you get &amp;gt; 80% and another one that shows only if you get &amp;lt;80%. However I think this could still be simplified - how about putting the &#039;grade&#039; stuff ONLY in this &#039;avail&#039; table (so your choice for avail is basically always &#039;require the activity to think it&#039;s done, however it likes&#039; but then you can additionally require a grade as well). So done = completed regardless of grade or anything else, but avail could be conditional on grade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===course_modules_done===&lt;br /&gt;
Records settings for whether something is done&lt;br /&gt;
* id &lt;br /&gt;
* cmid &lt;br /&gt;
* gradesign  - &amp;lt;, &amp;gt;, &amp;lt;=, =&amp;gt; etc&lt;br /&gt;
* gradecutoff &lt;br /&gt;
* views - boolean&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Process==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Coming soon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Issues to think about==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* How do we cope with circular references?&lt;br /&gt;
* We should remove conditions when activities are deleted - how does that affect things downstream?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==sam&#039;s picture==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This diagram shows sam&#039;s idea of how it should look/work, which is not quite the same as the original description above. It definitely isn&#039;t intended to be final in any way as features might need to be removed (or added or changed) etc. - I just did a diagram to illustrate my thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:conditional.png|Possible interface diagram]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
*Take a look at the [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?f=678 Conditional activities forum] at [http://moodle.org http://moodle.org].&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Activity_Locking]], a MoodleDoc page with table and descriptions of different conditional activity modules&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Score Lock]] a MoodleDoc page for another conditional activity module for 1.6&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=35488 forum discussion about Stuart Mayor&#039;s Conditional Activities], including Moodle 1.6 version &lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=36697 Conditional activities at CICEI], running demo included as student, teacher and designer.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on]] MoodleDoc page . The lesson activity settings in V 1.6 has a specialized dependency setting. Entering the lesson can be made dependent on the % (lesson questions) correct, time spent or completion of one other specific lesson. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Tracker reference(s) for conditional development _____________&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Developer|Conditional activities]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=File:Admin18single.jpg&amp;diff=35511</id>
		<title>File:Admin18single.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=File:Admin18single.jpg&amp;diff=35511"/>
		<updated>2008-05-01T12:58:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=File:Cc18single.jpg&amp;diff=35510</id>
		<title>File:Cc18single.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=File:Cc18single.jpg&amp;diff=35510"/>
		<updated>2008-05-01T12:58:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Moodle_manuals&amp;diff=35239</id>
		<title>Moodle manuals</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Moodle_manuals&amp;diff=35239"/>
		<updated>2008-04-26T18:19:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* Administration manuals */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
This page contains some links to manuals, tutorials and other multimedia documentation produced by moodlers all over the world. Please feel free to submit your contribution by adding a link to this page or sending the file to [mailto:docs@moodle.org docs@moodle.org].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Teacher manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===English===&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.howtomoodle.com/index.php/moodle-manuals Course Creator Reference Manual 1.8] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ray Lawrence&#039;&#039;&#039; Print 191 pages £15&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.howtomoodle.com/index.php/moodle-manuals Administrator Reference Manual 1.8] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ray Lawrence&#039;&#039;&#039; Print 69 pages £12&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/moodle_1.4.3_for_teachers_and_trainers.pdf Moodle 1.4.3 For Teachers and Trainers] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Bryan Williams&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 2.4MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/other/Using-Your-Moodle.pdf Using Your Moodle (1.4.3)] by [https://docs.moodle.org/en/User:Darren_Smith Darren Smith] (PDF, 2MB, Published Jan 2005)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual.pdf Moodle 1.4 Teacher Manual] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.staff.sbc.edu/tmarcais/classfiles/moodle/Moodle1.5.3.pdf Moodle 1.5.3 Teacher Manual] - Original Documentation by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039;, updated to version 1.5.3 by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 9.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.packtpub.com/moodle/book Moodle E-Learning Course Development] - by William Rice, [http://www.packtpub.com/ Packt Publishing], May 2006, 250 pages, €33.29/$35.99&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.fct.unl.pt/mod/resource/view.php?id=24107 A Visual Introduction to Moodle - for teachers and page creators] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;João Fernandes&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 4MB), 43 pages, [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/2.5/ Creative Commons Non-Comercial Share Alike 2.5 License]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.tokem.fi/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Illustrated on-line Beginner, Student and Teacher manuals for Moodle 1.5.4, 1.6.4 and 1.8.3] (including some third-party tools and Flash demos as well as a concise Hot Potatoes manual) by &#039;&#039;&#039;Paul Nijbakker&#039;&#039;&#039;, eLearning Centre of Kemi-Tornio University of Applied Sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.sbc.edu/mod/resource/view.php?id=8088 Moodle Upgrading from 1.5.3 to 1.8, Changes for Teachers] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.sbc.edu/mod/resource/view.php?id=8087 Moodle 1.8 Teacher Manual] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (based in part on documentation by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039;) (PDF, 10.6MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/mod/resource/view.php?id=2092 Moodle Teacher Handbook (Moodle 1.9)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Renate Jirmann and Ralf Hilgenstock&#039;&#039;&#039;, 163 pages, 30,- € plus mailing expenses, customized versions and online licence available&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9780596529185/ Using Moodle, Second Edition] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jason Cole&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Helen Foster&#039;&#039;&#039;, 282 pages, $27,99 for the PDF version, each chapter available as a PDF for $3,99 a piece&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.schoolanywhere.co.uk/moodle_book.php Teacher&#039;s Beginners Guide to Using Moodle] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;SchoolAnywhere&#039;&#039;&#039; , 24 pages, FREE for the PDF version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other Languages===&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FTamil%2FMoodle_Teacher_Manual_TA.pdf Moodle 1.8+ Teacher Manual (Tamil - Sri Lanka)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Kengatharaiyer Sarveswaran&#039;&#039;&#039; ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka. (PDF, 1.54MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FSinhala%2FMoodle_Teacher_Manual_SI.pdf Moodle 1.8+ Teacher Manual (Sinhala)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Sulochana Sooriyaarachchi&#039;&#039;&#039; ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka. (PDF, 2.79MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-1.5-nl.pdf Moodle 1.5 Teacher Manual (Dutch)] - (PDF, 3MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-it.pdf Moodle 1.3 Teacher Manual (Italian)] - (PDF, 3.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-fr.pdf Moodle 1.3 Teacher Manual (French)] - (PDF, 5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-es.pdf Moodle Teacher Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Enrique Castro Lopez&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 5.4MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lasalle.es/descargas/ManualMoodle2006.zip Moodle 1.5 Teacher Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jesús Martín&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 5.2MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/file.php/1/Moodle_Trainer_18_public.pdf Moodle 1.8 Trainerhandbuch (German) Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] - von Renate Jirmann und Ralf Hilgenstock 30,- € (gedruckt 155 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//mod/resource/view.php?id=1294 moodle @ work (German) Praxisberichte /Use Cases Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] 12,50 €(gedruckt 150 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/mod/resource/view.php?id=1645 moodle- Praxisbuch (German) Info] - von Fredi Gertsch, Addison&amp;amp;Wesley 540 pages, 44,95 €&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://file024r.mylivepage.com/chunk24/390895/255/Arb_MOODLE.pdf Moodle Teacher Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 6.4MB)  استعمال موودل للمعلمين باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.fct.unl.pt/mod/resource/view.php?id=24107 Uma introdução visual ao Moodle - pa] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;João Fernandes&#039;&#039;&#039; ra professores e criadores de páginas (PDF, 4MB), 43 pages, [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/2.5/ Creative Commons Non-Comercial Share Alike 2.5 License]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.open.hr/request.php?5 Moodle 1.6 Teacher Manual (Croatian)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ivana Bosnić&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.moodle.si/moodle/mod/wiki/view.php?id=22 Moodle 1.6 Teacher Manual (Slovenian)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Alja Sulčič&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Viktorija Sulčič&#039;&#039;&#039;, Center for e-learning, Faculty of management Koper, Slovenia (Wiki version, requires free site registration)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://195.148.254.152/moodle/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Moodle opiskelijan ja opettajan opas 1.5.4 ja 1.6.4] &#039;&#039;&#039;Sanna Saukkoriipi&#039;&#039;&#039;, Kemi-Tornion ammattikorkeakoulun eOppimiskeskus.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de German DVD] 8 Stunden Anleitungsvideos- von &#039;&#039;&#039;Ralf Hilgenstock&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://aulavirtual2.educa.madrid.org/mod/resource/view.php?inpopup=true&amp;amp;id=5659 Moodle versión 1.8 Manual de consulta para el profesorado (Spanish)] - &#039;&#039;&#039;Jesús Baños Sancho&#039;&#039;&#039; (16.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Administration manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.howtomoodle.com/index.php/moodle-manuals Administrator Reference Manual 1.8] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ray Lawrence&#039;&#039;&#039; Print 69 pages £12&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//mod/resource/view.php?id=1191 Handbuch Installation und Administration (German) Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] - von André Krüger, Urs Hunkler, Ralf Hilgenstock 30,- € (gedruckt 110 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/file.php/16/moddata/forum/160/234243/Install_Moodle.pdf Moodle Administrator Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 0.3MB)  تنزيل موودل باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Student manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FTamil%2FMoodle_Student_Manual_TA.pdf Moodle 1.8+ Student Manual (Tamil - Sri Lanka)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Kengatharaiyer Sarveswaran ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka.&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 700KB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FSinhala%2FMoodle_Student_Manual_SI.pdf Moodle  1.8+ Student Manual (Sinhala)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Sulochana Sooriyaarachchi ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka.&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 2 MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/user_manual_es.pdf Moodle User Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Enrique Castro&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//file.php?file=/1/Bestellblatt.pdf Teilnehmerhandbuch (German) Info und Bestellformular] - von Ralf Hilgenstock und Renate Jirmann (gedruckt  63 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://jamildepalestina.mylivepage.com/file/?fileid=882 Moodle Student Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3 MB)   استعمال موودل للطلاب باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.tokem.fi/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Illustrated on-line Beginner, Student and Teacher manuals for Moodle 1.5.4, 1.6.4 and 1.8.2] (including descriptions of some contrib tools) in English and Finnish by &#039;&#039;&#039;Paul Nijbakker&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Sanna Saukkoriipi&#039;&#039;&#039;, eLearning Centre of Kemi-Tornio University of Applied Sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Moodle presentations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Teacher]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Manuales de Moodle]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Moodle_manuals&amp;diff=35238</id>
		<title>Moodle manuals</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Moodle_manuals&amp;diff=35238"/>
		<updated>2008-04-26T18:18:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* English */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
This page contains some links to manuals, tutorials and other multimedia documentation produced by moodlers all over the world. Please feel free to submit your contribution by adding a link to this page or sending the file to [mailto:docs@moodle.org docs@moodle.org].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Teacher manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===English===&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.howtomoodle.com/index.php/moodle-manuals Course Creator Reference Manual 1.8] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ray Lawrence&#039;&#039;&#039; Print 191 pages £15&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.howtomoodle.com/index.php/moodle-manuals Administrator Reference Manual 1.8] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ray Lawrence&#039;&#039;&#039; Print 69 pages £12&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/moodle_1.4.3_for_teachers_and_trainers.pdf Moodle 1.4.3 For Teachers and Trainers] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Bryan Williams&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 2.4MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/other/Using-Your-Moodle.pdf Using Your Moodle (1.4.3)] by [https://docs.moodle.org/en/User:Darren_Smith Darren Smith] (PDF, 2MB, Published Jan 2005)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual.pdf Moodle 1.4 Teacher Manual] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.staff.sbc.edu/tmarcais/classfiles/moodle/Moodle1.5.3.pdf Moodle 1.5.3 Teacher Manual] - Original Documentation by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039;, updated to version 1.5.3 by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 9.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.packtpub.com/moodle/book Moodle E-Learning Course Development] - by William Rice, [http://www.packtpub.com/ Packt Publishing], May 2006, 250 pages, €33.29/$35.99&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.fct.unl.pt/mod/resource/view.php?id=24107 A Visual Introduction to Moodle - for teachers and page creators] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;João Fernandes&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 4MB), 43 pages, [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/2.5/ Creative Commons Non-Comercial Share Alike 2.5 License]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.tokem.fi/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Illustrated on-line Beginner, Student and Teacher manuals for Moodle 1.5.4, 1.6.4 and 1.8.3] (including some third-party tools and Flash demos as well as a concise Hot Potatoes manual) by &#039;&#039;&#039;Paul Nijbakker&#039;&#039;&#039;, eLearning Centre of Kemi-Tornio University of Applied Sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.sbc.edu/mod/resource/view.php?id=8088 Moodle Upgrading from 1.5.3 to 1.8, Changes for Teachers] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.sbc.edu/mod/resource/view.php?id=8087 Moodle 1.8 Teacher Manual] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (based in part on documentation by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039;) (PDF, 10.6MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/mod/resource/view.php?id=2092 Moodle Teacher Handbook (Moodle 1.9)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Renate Jirmann and Ralf Hilgenstock&#039;&#039;&#039;, 163 pages, 30,- € plus mailing expenses, customized versions and online licence available&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9780596529185/ Using Moodle, Second Edition] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jason Cole&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Helen Foster&#039;&#039;&#039;, 282 pages, $27,99 for the PDF version, each chapter available as a PDF for $3,99 a piece&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.schoolanywhere.co.uk/moodle_book.php Teacher&#039;s Beginners Guide to Using Moodle] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;SchoolAnywhere&#039;&#039;&#039; , 24 pages, FREE for the PDF version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other Languages===&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FTamil%2FMoodle_Teacher_Manual_TA.pdf Moodle 1.8+ Teacher Manual (Tamil - Sri Lanka)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Kengatharaiyer Sarveswaran&#039;&#039;&#039; ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka. (PDF, 1.54MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FSinhala%2FMoodle_Teacher_Manual_SI.pdf Moodle 1.8+ Teacher Manual (Sinhala)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Sulochana Sooriyaarachchi&#039;&#039;&#039; ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka. (PDF, 2.79MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-1.5-nl.pdf Moodle 1.5 Teacher Manual (Dutch)] - (PDF, 3MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-it.pdf Moodle 1.3 Teacher Manual (Italian)] - (PDF, 3.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-fr.pdf Moodle 1.3 Teacher Manual (French)] - (PDF, 5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-es.pdf Moodle Teacher Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Enrique Castro Lopez&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 5.4MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lasalle.es/descargas/ManualMoodle2006.zip Moodle 1.5 Teacher Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jesús Martín&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 5.2MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/file.php/1/Moodle_Trainer_18_public.pdf Moodle 1.8 Trainerhandbuch (German) Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] - von Renate Jirmann und Ralf Hilgenstock 30,- € (gedruckt 155 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//mod/resource/view.php?id=1294 moodle @ work (German) Praxisberichte /Use Cases Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] 12,50 €(gedruckt 150 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/mod/resource/view.php?id=1645 moodle- Praxisbuch (German) Info] - von Fredi Gertsch, Addison&amp;amp;Wesley 540 pages, 44,95 €&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://file024r.mylivepage.com/chunk24/390895/255/Arb_MOODLE.pdf Moodle Teacher Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 6.4MB)  استعمال موودل للمعلمين باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.fct.unl.pt/mod/resource/view.php?id=24107 Uma introdução visual ao Moodle - pa] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;João Fernandes&#039;&#039;&#039; ra professores e criadores de páginas (PDF, 4MB), 43 pages, [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/2.5/ Creative Commons Non-Comercial Share Alike 2.5 License]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.open.hr/request.php?5 Moodle 1.6 Teacher Manual (Croatian)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ivana Bosnić&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.moodle.si/moodle/mod/wiki/view.php?id=22 Moodle 1.6 Teacher Manual (Slovenian)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Alja Sulčič&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Viktorija Sulčič&#039;&#039;&#039;, Center for e-learning, Faculty of management Koper, Slovenia (Wiki version, requires free site registration)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://195.148.254.152/moodle/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Moodle opiskelijan ja opettajan opas 1.5.4 ja 1.6.4] &#039;&#039;&#039;Sanna Saukkoriipi&#039;&#039;&#039;, Kemi-Tornion ammattikorkeakoulun eOppimiskeskus.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de German DVD] 8 Stunden Anleitungsvideos- von &#039;&#039;&#039;Ralf Hilgenstock&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://aulavirtual2.educa.madrid.org/mod/resource/view.php?inpopup=true&amp;amp;id=5659 Moodle versión 1.8 Manual de consulta para el profesorado (Spanish)] - &#039;&#039;&#039;Jesús Baños Sancho&#039;&#039;&#039; (16.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Administration manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.howtomoodle.com Administrator Reference Manual 1.8] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ray Lawrence&#039;&#039;&#039; Print 69 pages £12&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//mod/resource/view.php?id=1191 Handbuch Installation und Administration (German) Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] - von André Krüger, Urs Hunkler, Ralf Hilgenstock 30,- € (gedruckt 110 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/file.php/16/moddata/forum/160/234243/Install_Moodle.pdf Moodle Administrator Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 0.3MB)  تنزيل موودل باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Student manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FTamil%2FMoodle_Student_Manual_TA.pdf Moodle 1.8+ Student Manual (Tamil - Sri Lanka)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Kengatharaiyer Sarveswaran ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka.&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 700KB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FSinhala%2FMoodle_Student_Manual_SI.pdf Moodle  1.8+ Student Manual (Sinhala)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Sulochana Sooriyaarachchi ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka.&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 2 MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/user_manual_es.pdf Moodle User Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Enrique Castro&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//file.php?file=/1/Bestellblatt.pdf Teilnehmerhandbuch (German) Info und Bestellformular] - von Ralf Hilgenstock und Renate Jirmann (gedruckt  63 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://jamildepalestina.mylivepage.com/file/?fileid=882 Moodle Student Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3 MB)   استعمال موودل للطلاب باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.tokem.fi/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Illustrated on-line Beginner, Student and Teacher manuals for Moodle 1.5.4, 1.6.4 and 1.8.2] (including descriptions of some contrib tools) in English and Finnish by &#039;&#039;&#039;Paul Nijbakker&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Sanna Saukkoriipi&#039;&#039;&#039;, eLearning Centre of Kemi-Tornio University of Applied Sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Moodle presentations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Teacher]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Manuales de Moodle]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Moodle_manuals&amp;diff=35237</id>
		<title>Moodle manuals</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Moodle_manuals&amp;diff=35237"/>
		<updated>2008-04-26T13:18:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* Administration manuals */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
This page contains some links to manuals, tutorials and other multimedia documentation produced by moodlers all over the world. Please feel free to submit your contribution by adding a link to this page or sending the file to [mailto:docs@moodle.org docs@moodle.org].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Teacher manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===English===&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.howtomoodle.com Course Creator Reference Manual 1.8] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ray Lawrence&#039;&#039;&#039; Print 191 pages £15&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.howtomoodle.com Administrator Reference Manual 1.8] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ray Lawrence&#039;&#039;&#039; Print 69 pages £12&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/moodle_1.4.3_for_teachers_and_trainers.pdf Moodle 1.4.3 For Teachers and Trainers] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Bryan Williams&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 2.4MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/other/Using-Your-Moodle.pdf Using Your Moodle (1.4.3)] by [https://docs.moodle.org/en/User:Darren_Smith Darren Smith] (PDF, 2MB, Published Jan 2005)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual.pdf Moodle 1.4 Teacher Manual] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.staff.sbc.edu/tmarcais/classfiles/moodle/Moodle1.5.3.pdf Moodle 1.5.3 Teacher Manual] - Original Documentation by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039;, updated to version 1.5.3 by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 9.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.packtpub.com/moodle/book Moodle E-Learning Course Development] - by William Rice, [http://www.packtpub.com/ Packt Publishing], May 2006, 250 pages, €33.29/$35.99&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.fct.unl.pt/mod/resource/view.php?id=24107 A Visual Introduction to Moodle - for teachers and page creators] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;João Fernandes&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 4MB), 43 pages, [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/2.5/ Creative Commons Non-Comercial Share Alike 2.5 License]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.tokem.fi/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Illustrated on-line Beginner, Student and Teacher manuals for Moodle 1.5.4, 1.6.4 and 1.8.3] (including some third-party tools and Flash demos as well as a concise Hot Potatoes manual) by &#039;&#039;&#039;Paul Nijbakker&#039;&#039;&#039;, eLearning Centre of Kemi-Tornio University of Applied Sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.sbc.edu/mod/resource/view.php?id=8088 Moodle Upgrading from 1.5.3 to 1.8, Changes for Teachers] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.sbc.edu/mod/resource/view.php?id=8087 Moodle 1.8 Teacher Manual] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (based in part on documentation by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039;) (PDF, 10.6MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/mod/resource/view.php?id=2092 Moodle Teacher Handbook (Moodle 1.9)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Renate Jirmann and Ralf Hilgenstock&#039;&#039;&#039;, 163 pages, 30,- € plus mailing expenses, customized versions and online licence available&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9780596529185/ Using Moodle, Second Edition] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jason Cole&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Helen Foster&#039;&#039;&#039;, 282 pages, $27,99 for the PDF version, each chapter available as a PDF for $3,99 a piece&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.schoolanywhere.co.uk/moodle_book.php Teacher&#039;s Beginners Guide to Using Moodle] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;SchoolAnywhere&#039;&#039;&#039; , 24 pages, FREE for the PDF version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other Languages===&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FTamil%2FMoodle_Teacher_Manual_TA.pdf Moodle 1.8+ Teacher Manual (Tamil - Sri Lanka)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Kengatharaiyer Sarveswaran&#039;&#039;&#039; ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka. (PDF, 1.54MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FSinhala%2FMoodle_Teacher_Manual_SI.pdf Moodle 1.8+ Teacher Manual (Sinhala)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Sulochana Sooriyaarachchi&#039;&#039;&#039; ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka. (PDF, 2.79MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-1.5-nl.pdf Moodle 1.5 Teacher Manual (Dutch)] - (PDF, 3MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-it.pdf Moodle 1.3 Teacher Manual (Italian)] - (PDF, 3.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-fr.pdf Moodle 1.3 Teacher Manual (French)] - (PDF, 5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-es.pdf Moodle Teacher Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Enrique Castro Lopez&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 5.4MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lasalle.es/descargas/ManualMoodle2006.zip Moodle 1.5 Teacher Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jesús Martín&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 5.2MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/file.php/1/Moodle_Trainer_18_public.pdf Moodle 1.8 Trainerhandbuch (German) Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] - von Renate Jirmann und Ralf Hilgenstock 30,- € (gedruckt 155 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//mod/resource/view.php?id=1294 moodle @ work (German) Praxisberichte /Use Cases Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] 12,50 €(gedruckt 150 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/mod/resource/view.php?id=1645 moodle- Praxisbuch (German) Info] - von Fredi Gertsch, Addison&amp;amp;Wesley 540 pages, 44,95 €&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://file024r.mylivepage.com/chunk24/390895/255/Arb_MOODLE.pdf Moodle Teacher Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 6.4MB)  استعمال موودل للمعلمين باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.fct.unl.pt/mod/resource/view.php?id=24107 Uma introdução visual ao Moodle - pa] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;João Fernandes&#039;&#039;&#039; ra professores e criadores de páginas (PDF, 4MB), 43 pages, [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/2.5/ Creative Commons Non-Comercial Share Alike 2.5 License]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.open.hr/request.php?5 Moodle 1.6 Teacher Manual (Croatian)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ivana Bosnić&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.moodle.si/moodle/mod/wiki/view.php?id=22 Moodle 1.6 Teacher Manual (Slovenian)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Alja Sulčič&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Viktorija Sulčič&#039;&#039;&#039;, Center for e-learning, Faculty of management Koper, Slovenia (Wiki version, requires free site registration)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://195.148.254.152/moodle/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Moodle opiskelijan ja opettajan opas 1.5.4 ja 1.6.4] &#039;&#039;&#039;Sanna Saukkoriipi&#039;&#039;&#039;, Kemi-Tornion ammattikorkeakoulun eOppimiskeskus.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de German DVD] 8 Stunden Anleitungsvideos- von &#039;&#039;&#039;Ralf Hilgenstock&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://aulavirtual2.educa.madrid.org/mod/resource/view.php?inpopup=true&amp;amp;id=5659 Moodle versión 1.8 Manual de consulta para el profesorado (Spanish)] - &#039;&#039;&#039;Jesús Baños Sancho&#039;&#039;&#039; (16.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Administration manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.howtomoodle.com Administrator Reference Manual 1.8] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ray Lawrence&#039;&#039;&#039; Print 69 pages £12&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//mod/resource/view.php?id=1191 Handbuch Installation und Administration (German) Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] - von André Krüger, Urs Hunkler, Ralf Hilgenstock 30,- € (gedruckt 110 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/file.php/16/moddata/forum/160/234243/Install_Moodle.pdf Moodle Administrator Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 0.3MB)  تنزيل موودل باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Student manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FTamil%2FMoodle_Student_Manual_TA.pdf Moodle 1.8+ Student Manual (Tamil - Sri Lanka)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Kengatharaiyer Sarveswaran ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka.&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 700KB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FSinhala%2FMoodle_Student_Manual_SI.pdf Moodle  1.8+ Student Manual (Sinhala)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Sulochana Sooriyaarachchi ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka.&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 2 MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/user_manual_es.pdf Moodle User Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Enrique Castro&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//file.php?file=/1/Bestellblatt.pdf Teilnehmerhandbuch (German) Info und Bestellformular] - von Ralf Hilgenstock und Renate Jirmann (gedruckt  63 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://jamildepalestina.mylivepage.com/file/?fileid=882 Moodle Student Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3 MB)   استعمال موودل للطلاب باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.tokem.fi/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Illustrated on-line Beginner, Student and Teacher manuals for Moodle 1.5.4, 1.6.4 and 1.8.2] (including descriptions of some contrib tools) in English and Finnish by &#039;&#039;&#039;Paul Nijbakker&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Sanna Saukkoriipi&#039;&#039;&#039;, eLearning Centre of Kemi-Tornio University of Applied Sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Moodle presentations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Teacher]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Manuales de Moodle]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Moodle_manuals&amp;diff=35236</id>
		<title>Moodle manuals</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Moodle_manuals&amp;diff=35236"/>
		<updated>2008-04-26T13:17:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* Teacher manuals */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
This page contains some links to manuals, tutorials and other multimedia documentation produced by moodlers all over the world. Please feel free to submit your contribution by adding a link to this page or sending the file to [mailto:docs@moodle.org docs@moodle.org].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Teacher manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===English===&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.howtomoodle.com Course Creator Reference Manual 1.8] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ray Lawrence&#039;&#039;&#039; Print 191 pages £15&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.howtomoodle.com Administrator Reference Manual 1.8] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ray Lawrence&#039;&#039;&#039; Print 69 pages £12&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/moodle_1.4.3_for_teachers_and_trainers.pdf Moodle 1.4.3 For Teachers and Trainers] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Bryan Williams&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 2.4MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/other/Using-Your-Moodle.pdf Using Your Moodle (1.4.3)] by [https://docs.moodle.org/en/User:Darren_Smith Darren Smith] (PDF, 2MB, Published Jan 2005)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual.pdf Moodle 1.4 Teacher Manual] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.staff.sbc.edu/tmarcais/classfiles/moodle/Moodle1.5.3.pdf Moodle 1.5.3 Teacher Manual] - Original Documentation by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039;, updated to version 1.5.3 by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 9.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.packtpub.com/moodle/book Moodle E-Learning Course Development] - by William Rice, [http://www.packtpub.com/ Packt Publishing], May 2006, 250 pages, €33.29/$35.99&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.fct.unl.pt/mod/resource/view.php?id=24107 A Visual Introduction to Moodle - for teachers and page creators] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;João Fernandes&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 4MB), 43 pages, [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/2.5/ Creative Commons Non-Comercial Share Alike 2.5 License]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.tokem.fi/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Illustrated on-line Beginner, Student and Teacher manuals for Moodle 1.5.4, 1.6.4 and 1.8.3] (including some third-party tools and Flash demos as well as a concise Hot Potatoes manual) by &#039;&#039;&#039;Paul Nijbakker&#039;&#039;&#039;, eLearning Centre of Kemi-Tornio University of Applied Sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.sbc.edu/mod/resource/view.php?id=8088 Moodle Upgrading from 1.5.3 to 1.8, Changes for Teachers] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.sbc.edu/mod/resource/view.php?id=8087 Moodle 1.8 Teacher Manual] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (based in part on documentation by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039;) (PDF, 10.6MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/mod/resource/view.php?id=2092 Moodle Teacher Handbook (Moodle 1.9)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Renate Jirmann and Ralf Hilgenstock&#039;&#039;&#039;, 163 pages, 30,- € plus mailing expenses, customized versions and online licence available&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9780596529185/ Using Moodle, Second Edition] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jason Cole&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Helen Foster&#039;&#039;&#039;, 282 pages, $27,99 for the PDF version, each chapter available as a PDF for $3,99 a piece&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.schoolanywhere.co.uk/moodle_book.php Teacher&#039;s Beginners Guide to Using Moodle] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;SchoolAnywhere&#039;&#039;&#039; , 24 pages, FREE for the PDF version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other Languages===&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FTamil%2FMoodle_Teacher_Manual_TA.pdf Moodle 1.8+ Teacher Manual (Tamil - Sri Lanka)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Kengatharaiyer Sarveswaran&#039;&#039;&#039; ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka. (PDF, 1.54MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FSinhala%2FMoodle_Teacher_Manual_SI.pdf Moodle 1.8+ Teacher Manual (Sinhala)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Sulochana Sooriyaarachchi&#039;&#039;&#039; ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka. (PDF, 2.79MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-1.5-nl.pdf Moodle 1.5 Teacher Manual (Dutch)] - (PDF, 3MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-it.pdf Moodle 1.3 Teacher Manual (Italian)] - (PDF, 3.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-fr.pdf Moodle 1.3 Teacher Manual (French)] - (PDF, 5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-es.pdf Moodle Teacher Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Enrique Castro Lopez&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 5.4MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lasalle.es/descargas/ManualMoodle2006.zip Moodle 1.5 Teacher Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jesús Martín&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 5.2MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/file.php/1/Moodle_Trainer_18_public.pdf Moodle 1.8 Trainerhandbuch (German) Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] - von Renate Jirmann und Ralf Hilgenstock 30,- € (gedruckt 155 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//mod/resource/view.php?id=1294 moodle @ work (German) Praxisberichte /Use Cases Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] 12,50 €(gedruckt 150 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/mod/resource/view.php?id=1645 moodle- Praxisbuch (German) Info] - von Fredi Gertsch, Addison&amp;amp;Wesley 540 pages, 44,95 €&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://file024r.mylivepage.com/chunk24/390895/255/Arb_MOODLE.pdf Moodle Teacher Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 6.4MB)  استعمال موودل للمعلمين باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.fct.unl.pt/mod/resource/view.php?id=24107 Uma introdução visual ao Moodle - pa] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;João Fernandes&#039;&#039;&#039; ra professores e criadores de páginas (PDF, 4MB), 43 pages, [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/2.5/ Creative Commons Non-Comercial Share Alike 2.5 License]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.open.hr/request.php?5 Moodle 1.6 Teacher Manual (Croatian)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ivana Bosnić&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.moodle.si/moodle/mod/wiki/view.php?id=22 Moodle 1.6 Teacher Manual (Slovenian)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Alja Sulčič&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Viktorija Sulčič&#039;&#039;&#039;, Center for e-learning, Faculty of management Koper, Slovenia (Wiki version, requires free site registration)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://195.148.254.152/moodle/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Moodle opiskelijan ja opettajan opas 1.5.4 ja 1.6.4] &#039;&#039;&#039;Sanna Saukkoriipi&#039;&#039;&#039;, Kemi-Tornion ammattikorkeakoulun eOppimiskeskus.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de German DVD] 8 Stunden Anleitungsvideos- von &#039;&#039;&#039;Ralf Hilgenstock&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://aulavirtual2.educa.madrid.org/mod/resource/view.php?inpopup=true&amp;amp;id=5659 Moodle versión 1.8 Manual de consulta para el profesorado (Spanish)] - &#039;&#039;&#039;Jesús Baños Sancho&#039;&#039;&#039; (16.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Administration manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.howtomoodle.com/content/view/180/368/ Administrator Reference Manual 1.8] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ray Lawrence&#039;&#039;&#039; Print 69 pages £12&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//mod/resource/view.php?id=1191 Handbuch Installation und Administration (German) Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] - von André Krüger, Urs Hunkler, Ralf Hilgenstock 30,- € (gedruckt 110 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/file.php/16/moddata/forum/160/234243/Install_Moodle.pdf Moodle Administrator Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 0.3MB)  تنزيل موودل باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Student manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FTamil%2FMoodle_Student_Manual_TA.pdf Moodle 1.8+ Student Manual (Tamil - Sri Lanka)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Kengatharaiyer Sarveswaran ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka.&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 700KB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/websvn/filedetails.php?repname=Lakapps&amp;amp;path=%2FMoodle%2FSinhala%2FMoodle_Student_Manual_SI.pdf Moodle  1.8+ Student Manual (Sinhala)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Sulochana Sooriyaarachchi ,LAKapps project, University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka.&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 2 MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/user_manual_es.pdf Moodle User Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Enrique Castro&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//file.php?file=/1/Bestellblatt.pdf Teilnehmerhandbuch (German) Info und Bestellformular] - von Ralf Hilgenstock und Renate Jirmann (gedruckt  63 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://jamildepalestina.mylivepage.com/file/?fileid=882 Moodle Student Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3 MB)   استعمال موودل للطلاب باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.tokem.fi/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Illustrated on-line Beginner, Student and Teacher manuals for Moodle 1.5.4, 1.6.4 and 1.8.2] (including descriptions of some contrib tools) in English and Finnish by &#039;&#039;&#039;Paul Nijbakker&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Sanna Saukkoriipi&#039;&#039;&#039;, eLearning Centre of Kemi-Tornio University of Applied Sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Moodle presentations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Teacher]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Manuales de Moodle]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Creating_a_custom_theme&amp;diff=34615</id>
		<title>Creating a custom theme</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Creating_a_custom_theme&amp;diff=34615"/>
		<updated>2008-04-06T10:31:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* Advanced theming */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;A &#039;&#039;&#039;theme&#039;&#039;&#039; is what defines the way the Moodle engine displays all of your Moodle powered pages. Themes are easy to create and allow you to personalize Moodle for your class, school, or school district. Themes consist of a Cascading Style Sheet (CSS) file and a few images. The simplest way to create a custom theme for your school is to modify the CSS and images of an existing theme. This tutorial will walk you through creating a custom theme based on the default Moodle theme which comes with version 1.9 of Moodle. Note that some additional color schemes are already included, and one of those may already fit your needs; be sure to check.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Requirements==&lt;br /&gt;
In order to edit your theme, you&#039;ll need to have all of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
*An installation of Moodle 1.9 or greater&lt;br /&gt;
*Access to the server where Moodle is hosted (talk to your network administrator)&lt;br /&gt;
*(If your access is over FTP or SSH) A transfer program, such as the free program [http://filezilla-project.org/ FileZilla]&lt;br /&gt;
*A text editor (Windows comes with one by default, but others like [http://notepad-plus.sourceforge.net/ Notepad++] or [http://barebones.com/products/textwrangler/ TextWrangler] (Mac) make editing much easier)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Get your new Theme setup==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, login to your Moodle server, and navigate to the &amp;quot;theme&amp;quot; directory inside the main Moodle directory. Copy the folder named &amp;quot;standard&amp;quot; to an appropriate name for your new theme (avoid spaces or capital letters, e.g. &amp;quot;schoolname&amp;quot;). This will appear as the name of your theme inside the Moodle configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not have direct access to the server (e.g. you are working from your own computer) use your file transfer program to download a copy of this folder to your desktop and rename it there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Start from scratch or use a parent theme?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now start to alter the features of the theme you have just copied, or choose to set it to use another theme as the parent, in which case your theme will use the parent theme&#039;s styles as a base, plus any changes you make. This is better than copying the entire folder of that theme and changing it, as sometimes the developers will make changes to the original theme to keep up with new Moodle features. These changes will not be included if you take the whole folder and alter it, but using another theme as a parent means that that original theme will be unchanged and will be updated when you update the rest of Moodle, avoiding messy surprises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use code like this this in /theme/yourtheme/config.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $THEME-&amp;gt;sheets = array(&#039;user_styles&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
  $THEME-&amp;gt;standardsheets = array(&#039;styles_layout&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
  $THEME-&amp;gt;parent = &#039;custom_corners&#039;;  // put the name of the theme folder you want to use as parent here. &lt;br /&gt;
  $THEME-&amp;gt;parentsheets = array(&#039;user_styles&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
you then lose all .css files except user_styles.css, which should be empty, where you start to add css as described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Get your colors==&lt;br /&gt;
In order to configure your theme, you&#039;ll need to know what colors you want to use. You should make a note of which colors you want to use, a full list of universally supported colors is available at [http://www.w3schools.com/css/css_colornames.asp]. Keep in mind that CSS is an exact language - &#039;&#039;DarkGrey&#039;&#039; will work while &#039;&#039;Dark Grey&#039;&#039; will not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s a diagram what you&#039;ll need to choose colors for:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Basic_CSS_Property_Diagram.gif|frame|center|Diagram of the Moodle CSS properties.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Best practices for choosing a color scheme is to make your background a light color, your text a dark color, and your link colors something in-between the two. No two colors should ever be the same or a near match. You should also avoid high-contrast colors such as a red background with blue text, which can be incredibly hard to read.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Style the new theme==&lt;br /&gt;
Now that you have copied the default theme, and chosen the colors for your new theme, it&#039;s time to start styling the new page. Open up the &#039;styles_color.css&#039; file inside the folder you created in the first step inside your text editor. If you wish to use the editor built into Windows, you may access this program by visiting &#039;&#039;&#039;Start &amp;gt; All Programs &amp;gt; Accessories &amp;gt; Notepad&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following will need to be updated inside of the opened file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Regular Link color===&lt;br /&gt;
Near the top of the file you will see a line which says &#039;&#039;a:visited {&#039;&#039;. On the next line you should find the text &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;color:#0000FF;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;. Erase everything after the colon, but before the semi-colon and replace it with the name of your new background color. The line should now appear as &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;color:&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;YourNewColor&#039;&#039;&#039;;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Hovered Link color===&lt;br /&gt;
Eight lines down from where you made your last change you will see a line which reads &#039;&#039;a:hover {&#039;&#039;. You&#039;ll also see &#039;&#039;color:#FF0000;&#039;&#039; on the next line. Like in the last step, change everything after the colon and before the semi-colon to your new color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Page Background color===&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll to where you see a line which says &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;body {&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;. On the next line you should find the text &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;background-color:#FAFAFA;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;. Erase everything after the colon, but before the semi-colon and replace it with the name of your new background color. The line should now appear as &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;background-color:&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;YourNewColor&#039;&#039;&#039;;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now look for the line which reads &#039;&#039;.sideblock .content {&#039;&#039; about 1/3 of the way down the page. Two lines below it is a line which reads &#039;&#039;background-color:#FCFCFC;&#039;&#039;. Change everything after the colon and before the semi-colon to the same background color. If you want the sidebar boxes to stand out more, you may wish to change this color to something of the same color, but lighter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Text color===&lt;br /&gt;
On the line below where you changed your last value you will find the regular font color. As with the previous step, replace the &#039;&#039;#000&#039;&#039; with your new color. The line should now read &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;color:&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;YourNewColor&#039;&#039;&#039;;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remember that while it may be appealing to you to use one of your school colors as the text color, it will probably make it hard for students to read. If you&#039;re going to change this from the default black you should chose a very dark shade to replace it with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this point you should save this file and close it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced theming==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The hardest part is knowing what CSS to change in order to alter the appearance of a particular element.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Install [http://www.mozilla-europe.org/en/products/firefox/ Firefox], with the [https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/addon/60 web developer extension]. You can now press Shift + CTRL-Y and click something on the page to see what CSS rules apply to it. By putting the same rules into you user_styles.css file with new values, you can change the appearance of that element. CTRL-F will give you information about an elements other properties like ancestors and children.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding a Logo==&lt;br /&gt;
To add a logo to your page, you&#039;ll need to get your current logo in a GIF format with a height of no larger than 100 px. If someone from your organization is able to provide this, skip the next section. If not, the following will help you to resize your logo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Resizing Your Logo===&lt;br /&gt;
Your logo needs to be in a GIF format with a height of no more than 100 pixels. The simplest way to create this file is to use the web service located at [http://www.picresize.com]. Upload your original logo using the upload field and choose Continue. Scroll to Step 2. In the field labelled &#039;&#039;Height (Optional)&#039;&#039; input &#039;&#039;&#039;100&#039;&#039;&#039; and chose &#039;&#039;Pixels&#039;&#039; from the drop-down box to the right of it. Scroll to the bottom of the page and change the select box labelled &#039;&#039;Save As&#039;&#039; to read &#039;&#039;GIF&#039;&#039;. Choose &#039;&#039;Resize Pic!&#039;&#039;. Save the result to your hard drive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copying the Logo===&lt;br /&gt;
Copy the 100px logo into the &amp;quot;pix&amp;quot; folder inside your theme folder. Rename it to &#039;&#039;logo.gif&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Adding the Logo===&lt;br /&gt;
Back in the main folder for your theme open the file named &amp;quot;header.html&amp;quot; inside of your text editor. You will now need to look for the first ocurrance of the following: &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;amp;lt;h1 class=&amp;quot;headermain&amp;quot;&amp;amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;[[Image:Adding_Logo.gif|frame|right|Your logo will appear in this location.]] Immediately after this code, add the following (assuming you followed the exact instructions for copying and renaming your logo): &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;amp;lt;img src=&amp;quot;&amp;amp;lt;?php echo $CFG-&amp;gt;themewww .&#039;/&#039;. current_theme() ?&amp;amp;gt;/pix/logo.gif&amp;quot; alt=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; /&amp;amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
This will place a logo on the front school page. If you want a logo on all pages, including teacher pages, repeat this step for the second ocurrance of &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;amp;lt;h1 class=&amp;quot;headermain&amp;quot;&amp;amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Finished==&lt;br /&gt;
If you used a file transfer program to copy the entire folder as detailed in Step One, you should copy the entire folder back into the &amp;quot;theme&amp;quot; folder of your Moodle server. Additionally, change Read and Write permissions (CHMOD) for the files and folder to 755 - Owner read/write/execute, Group read/execute, Everyone read/execute. (In most file transfer programs you can right-click on the folder and choose Properties to do this. In some cases you may need to ask your server administrator to do this for you.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can now use your Administrator panel to change your site to the new theme. Choose your new theme from within Moodle via &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Appearance &amp;gt; Themes &amp;gt; Theme selector&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cusomized_Theme.gif|frame|center|Your new theme!]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the thousands of HTML elements in Moodle it&#039;s impossible to account for every possible change you may want to make to your theme. If you are interested in making more advanced changes, it&#039;s recommended you download the [http://www.getfirefox.com Firefox] web browser and install the [http://www.getfirebug.com/ Firebug] addon to see the HTML structure of Moodle pages. If you do not know CSS, the  [http://www.w3schools.com/css/default.asp CSS Page] on W3Schools may be a good starting point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Custom corners theme]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Chameleon theme]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Themes]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Roles_FAQ&amp;diff=34220</id>
		<title>Roles FAQ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Roles_FAQ&amp;diff=34220"/>
		<updated>2008-03-29T13:21:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* Where are permissions inherited from? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Roles}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What is the definition of a...==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Role&lt;br /&gt;
:An identifier of the user&#039;s status in some context, for example Teacher, Student and Forum moderator&lt;br /&gt;
;Capability&lt;br /&gt;
:A description of a particular Moodle feature, for example [[Capabilities/moodle/blog:create|moodle/blog:create]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Permission&lt;br /&gt;
:A setting for a capability - inherit, allow, prevent or prohibit&lt;br /&gt;
;Context&lt;br /&gt;
:A &amp;quot;space&amp;quot; in Moodle, such as courses, activity modules or blocks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why isn&#039;t my role change taking effect?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 1.7.x and 1.8.x, role assignments and overrides do not take effect immediately.  They are delayed until the next time the user logs in.  Starting with Moodle 1.9, explicit role assignments and overrides take effect immediately. However role assignments resulting from changes to certain user policies (for example, changing the default front page role) may be delayed until the next login.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are testing a new role, [[Manage_roles#Testing_a_new_role | here are some suggestions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, please check the context in which the role is assigned. Certain capabilities e.g. [[Capabilities/moodle/user:update|moodle/user:update]] may only be applied in the system context, so assigning a role in the course context will result in the role change not taking effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why are participants being added automatically when a new course is created?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a user is assigned a system role or a role in the course category context then the user has this role in ALL courses in that context. Thus users who are students or teachers at the category level appear as course participants in all courses in that category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please check &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Users &amp;gt; Permissions &amp;gt; Assign system roles&#039;&#039; and also the Assign roles link in course categories page and unassign users as necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why are all students enrolled in all courses?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Either&lt;br /&gt;
*Users are assigned the role of student in the site/system context rather than the course context (see FAQ above)&lt;br /&gt;
Or&lt;br /&gt;
*The default role for all users in &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Users &amp;gt; Permissions &amp;gt; User policies&#039;&#039; is set to Student rather than Authenticated user (Moodle 1.8 onwards).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why are there differences in the users listed as course participants and users assigned roles in a course?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Users assigned roles in a higher context, for example users assigned the role of teacher in a course category context, may appear as course participants. The discussion [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=59900 Discrepancies between Assign Roles lists and Participants list] contains a longer explanation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I prevent administrators being listed as course participants?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ensure that administrators are not assigned another role in addition to their admin role.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why are hidden assignments still visible?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hidden assignments are not hidden from admins or teachers i.e. users with the [[Capabilities/moodle/role:viewhiddenassigns|viewhiddenassigns capability]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Where are permissions inherited from?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Permissions are inherited from a role assigned in a higher-level context which has permissions set to allow for particular capabilities. If permission is &amp;quot;Not set&amp;quot; in any context and not allowed in any higher context (in particular, if you are creating or editing a role at the site level), then a user will have no permission for that capability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Student role has permission not set for the change site configuration capability. The permission is never allowed in any context so users assigned the role of Student cannot change the site configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What is my role here?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a frequently asked question, but an improper one.  The correct question is &amp;quot;What are my &#039;&#039;permissions&#039;&#039; here?&amp;quot;  In any given context, you often have two or more roles.  In addition, one or more role overrides may be in effect.  Your permissions in a given context are a result of &amp;quot;adding&amp;quot; the individual permissions from these roles and overrides according to certain rules.  As Tim Hunt writes in [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=90140 this discussion], the rules &amp;quot;normally do what you expect.&amp;quot;  However when permissions conflict, the results can be surprising, and it pays to understand the [[rules for adding permissions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do I debug a roles-related problem?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you&#039;re having a problem that you suspect is related to roles, consider using [[The rolesdebug.php roles debugging script | the rolesdebug.php roles debugging script]].  You can download it from the [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&amp;amp;rid=1204 Modules and plugins database].  The script gives you a spatial view of your role assignments and overrides in a given context, and analyzes your permissions there.  To interpret the output requires a basic understanding of roles and capabilities.  If you are a complete roles novice, run the script and post the output to the [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=6826 Roles and Capabilities Forum].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Are there any differences in Roles in Moodle 1.7 and 1.8?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to many Roles fixes and refinements (see the list of [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/IssueNavigator.jspa?mode=hide&amp;amp;requestId=10221 Roles improvements] in the Tracker), in Moodle 1.8 the &#039;&#039;system&#039;&#039; context is separated from the &#039;&#039;front page&#039;&#039; context. Roles may be assigned in the front page context via &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Front Page &amp;gt; Front Page roles&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Duplicate role&amp;quot; button has been added in Moodle 1.8, which makes creating new roles based on predefined roles much quicker.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do I change the name for &amp;quot;teacher&amp;quot; in the course description?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Either&lt;br /&gt;
* Edit the role of Teacher via &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Users &amp;gt; Permissions &amp;gt; Define roles&#039;&#039; and rename it. The new name will apply site-wide.&lt;br /&gt;
Or&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a duplicate teacher role with an alternative name and assign users the duplicate teacher role as appropriate in the course context. In &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Appearance &amp;gt; Course manager&#039;&#039; select the alternative name for teacher that you wish to be displayed in the course description.&lt;br /&gt;
Or&lt;br /&gt;
* One more way to do it in 1.8 is to create new &amp;quot;dummy&amp;quot; roles (no capabilities) with those names and assign them to teachers along with the real roles. In the course manager settings you can choose which roles display on the front page under each course. (The feature request [http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-9182 Ability to assign or display custom title for role of person in course] contains this further method.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Moodle 1.9}}From Moodle 1.9 onwards, names for different roles in a course may be changed in the [[Course settings|course settings]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do I enable teachers to set role overrides?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Access &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Users &amp;gt; Permissions &amp;gt; Define roles&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Edit the teacher role and change the capability [[Capabilities/moodle/role:override|moodle/role:override]] to allow.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the button &amp;quot;Save changes&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the tab &amp;quot;Allow role overrides&amp;quot; (in &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Users &amp;gt; Permissions &amp;gt; Define roles&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
#Check the appropriate box to allow a teacher to override the student role.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the button &amp;quot;Save changes&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do I enable teachers to assign other teachers in a course?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is disabled by default but it can be switched on by modifying the teacher&#039;s role. In &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Users &amp;gt; Permissions &amp;gt; Define roles&#039;&#039; select the &amp;quot;Allow role assignments&amp;quot; tab and tick the checkbox where Teacher and Teacher intersect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why doesn&#039;t &amp;quot;Switch role to..&amp;quot; within a course seem to work properly for a course creator?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is intended for teachers so that they can see how their course appears for students. It doesn&#039;t work reliably outside the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further information about this feature can be found in [[Switch roles]] and the paragraph on testing a new role in [[Manage roles]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Are there any example roles?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Inspector role|Inspector]] - for providing external inspectors with permission to view all courses (without being required to enrol)&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Parent role|Parent]] - for providing parents/mentors/tutors with permission to view certain information about their children/mentees/tutees&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Demo teacher role|Demo teacher]] - for providing a demonstration teacher account with a password which can&#039;t be changed&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Forum moderator role]] - for providing a user with permission in a particular forum to edit or delete forum posts, split discussions and move discussions to other forums&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Keyholder role]] - for setting the person named as holding a course [[Enrolment key|enrolment key]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Calendar editor role|Calendar editor]] - for providing a user with permission to add site events to the calendar&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Blogger role]] - for limiting blogging to specific users only&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Logged-in users can&#039;t read the site news. What can I do?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Access &#039;&#039;Site Administration &amp;gt; Front Page &amp;gt; Front Page roles&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Follow the &amp;quot;Override roles&amp;quot; link&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on &amp;quot;Authenticated User&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll down to &#039;&#039;&#039;Forum&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Change the capability [[Capabilities/mod/forum:viewdiscussion|mod/forum:viewdiscussion]] to &#039;&#039;allow&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the &amp;quot;Save changes&amp;quot; button at the bottom of the page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do I enable logged-in users to participate in front page activities?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Either:&lt;br /&gt;
#Access &#039;&#039;Site Administration &amp;gt; Front Page &amp;gt; Front Page roles&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Follow the &amp;quot;Override roles&amp;quot; link&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on &amp;quot;Authenticated User&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Change capabilities to &#039;&#039;allow&#039;&#039; for all required activities e.g. record a choice, reply to posts&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the &amp;quot;Save changes&amp;quot; button at the bottom of the page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that for this to work, you need to make the default role for all users &amp;quot;authenticated user&amp;quot;. This is the default for new versions of Moodle. In older versions, the default setting is guest, so if you have recently upgraded, you may have to change this setting. You can change the setting via &#039;&#039;Site Administration &amp;gt; Permissions &amp;gt; User Policies&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or:&lt;br /&gt;
#Access &#039;&#039;Site Administration &amp;gt; Front Page &amp;gt; Front Page roles&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on Student&lt;br /&gt;
#Select all users in the potential users list, and use the left-facing arrow button to add them to the existing users list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Moodle 1.9}}Or, in Moodle 1.9 onwards:&lt;br /&gt;
#Access &#039;&#039;Site Administration &amp;gt; Front Page &amp;gt; Front Page settings&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Set the default front page role to student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:FAQ_roles]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:FAQ des rôles]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:ロールFAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ru:FAQ по ролям]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=How_permissions_are_calculated&amp;diff=34219</id>
		<title>How permissions are calculated</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=How_permissions_are_calculated&amp;diff=34219"/>
		<updated>2008-03-29T12:27:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* Only use prohibit in special roles */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Roles}}&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most frequently asked question is: &#039;&#039;What permissions does a user have in a given context?&#039;&#039; This article will document the main function in Moodle that is used to answer the question.  The function is &#039;&#039;has_capability()&#039;&#039;. It can be found in &#039;&#039;lib/accesslib.php&#039;&#039;. The function implements the rules for &amp;quot;summing&amp;quot; permissions from multiple roles and overrides. Given a user, a capability, and a context, the function returns &#039;&#039;true&#039;&#039; if the user is allowed to perform the action controlled by the capability in the given context, and &#039;&#039;false&#039;&#039; otherwise.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article is written for non-programmers as well as programmers. It describes &#039;&#039;what&#039;&#039; the function does, not &#039;&#039;how&#039;&#039;. The &#039;&#039;how&#039;&#039; is complicated. The &#039;&#039;what&#039;&#039; turns out to be surprisingly simple!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the function &#039;&#039;does not&#039;&#039; attempt to answer the Big Question posed in the first sentence of this article. Instead, it answers the little question &amp;quot;Can some user do &#039;&#039;CAP&#039;&#039; here?&amp;quot; where &#039;&#039;CAP&#039;&#039; is a specific capability. Moodle never calculates a user&#039;s complete set of permissions.  It would be very costly to do so, and also wasteful, since most of the permissions would never be tested.  Instead, Moodle calculates permissions lazily, i.e., on demand. Moodle does not cache calculated permissions, but recalculates them every time they need to be tested. This is why role assignments and overrides no longer have delayed effects, as they did in Moodle 1.7 and 1.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The calculation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The function is called as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    has_capability(CAP,CONTEXT,USER);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where&lt;br /&gt;
*CAP is the capability being tested (e.g., mod/quiz:attempt)&lt;br /&gt;
*CONTEXT can be System context or some context nested arbitrarily deeply within System. Internally, the function uses Unix-style paths to represent contexts (e.g., /1/3/4/150), but such details do not concern us here&lt;br /&gt;
*USER is the user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The function returns a true/false result&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;true&#039;&#039;  means the user should be allowed to perform the action&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;false&#039;&#039; means the user should be prevented from perfoming the action&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Data used by the function===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppose USER is about to attempt a quiz (&#039;&#039;CAP = mod/quiz:attempt&#039;&#039;) in a Module context nested four levels deep within System.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
      System&lt;br /&gt;
         |&lt;br /&gt;
     Category A&lt;br /&gt;
         |					      &lt;br /&gt;
    Subcategory B&lt;br /&gt;
         |&lt;br /&gt;
       Course&lt;br /&gt;
         |&lt;br /&gt;
       Quiz  &amp;lt;--- the user is here&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The quiz module will call &#039;&#039;has_capability()&#039;&#039; to see if the user should be allowed to perform this action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The function considers the following permissions data:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Role definitions&#039;&#039; (these are in the System context) &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Role assignments&#039;&#039; which have been made in any of the five contexts &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Role overrides&#039;&#039; which may occur in any of the contexts except System (there is no concept of override in System).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that there may be multiple assignments and/or overrides in any single context.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whether or not the user can attempt the quiz is a function of the permissions data, as well as the location of the data in the context chain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;has_capability()&#039;&#039; considers all roles and overrides that impact USER in CONTEXT, but it ignores capabilities other than CAP.  This simplification lets us view each role or override as a &#039;&#039;single permission&#039;&#039; having one of the following values&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    N - Not set&lt;br /&gt;
    A - Allow&lt;br /&gt;
    P - Prevent&lt;br /&gt;
    X - Prohibit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We use the following notation: for a role &#039;&#039;R1&#039;&#039; with permission &#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;, we write &#039;&#039;R1(P)&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===An example===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the quiz example, suppose that the user has four roles (&#039;&#039;R1&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;R2&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;R3&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;R4&#039;&#039;) and each of the roles has been assigned and overridden as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    0     System      &amp;lt;---- define R1(A), R2(N), R3(N), R4(P)&lt;br /&gt;
            |               assign R1&lt;br /&gt;
            |&lt;br /&gt;
    1   Category A    &amp;lt;-------------- overide R1(N) and R4(N)&lt;br /&gt;
            |                          &lt;br /&gt;
            |                          &lt;br /&gt;
    2  Subcategory B  &amp;lt;---- assign R2 and R3&lt;br /&gt;
            |&lt;br /&gt;
            |&lt;br /&gt;
    3     Course      &amp;lt;-------------- override R2(X) and R3(A)&lt;br /&gt;
            |&lt;br /&gt;
            |&lt;br /&gt;
    4     Quiz        &amp;lt;---- assign R4 and R1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that &#039;&#039;R1&#039;&#039; has been assigned in two different contexts. This is an unusual practice (it is probably someone&#039;s error), but since it is legal, we have to consider the possibility that it can happen.  In fact this entire example has been contrived to explore the edge cases of the algorithm.  In practice, the calculation of permissions is trivial and the function calculates the result you would expect based on common sense and simple mental analysis (for further discussion of this, see [[#A note about the algorithm|A note about the algorithm]] near the end of this article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Representing the data in tabular form===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will set up a table to hold the permission data.  The table has&lt;br /&gt;
*one column for each role assignment, listed in order of increasing assignment depth.  Columns      are labeled with the role names.    &lt;br /&gt;
*one row for each context level, listed in order of increasing context depth. Rows are labeled with the context level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the quiz example, &#039;&#039;R1&#039;&#039; is assigned in the System context, so it becomes the first column.  &#039;&#039;R2&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;R3&#039;&#039; are assigned in the second highest context, so they become the next two columns (it doesn&#039;t matter which one goes first).  &#039;&#039;R4&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;R1&#039;&#039; are assigned in the lowest context, so we list them last (again, it doesn&#039;t matter which one goes first).  Here is our table with the rows and columns labeled:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
         R1   R2   R3   R4   R1&lt;br /&gt;
      +------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
    0 |&lt;br /&gt;
    1 |&lt;br /&gt;
    2 |&lt;br /&gt;
    3 |&lt;br /&gt;
    4 |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We add vertical lines to group role assignments made in the same context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
         R1   R2   R3   R4   R1&lt;br /&gt;
      +-----+---------+--------&lt;br /&gt;
    0 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
    1 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
    2 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
    3 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
    4 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table is now ready to have the permission data added.  In the first row, put the permission from the role definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
         R1   R2   R3   R4   R1&lt;br /&gt;
      +-----+---------+--------&lt;br /&gt;
    0 |  A  | N    N  | P    A&lt;br /&gt;
    1 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
    2 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
    3 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
    4 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining data come from overrides.  We place the value from each override in &lt;br /&gt;
*the column corresponding to the role being overridden&lt;br /&gt;
*the row corresponding the level at which the override is made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To illustrate, let&#039;s add just one of the overrides:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
         R1   R2   R3   R4   R1&lt;br /&gt;
      +-----+---------+--------&lt;br /&gt;
    0 |  A  | N    N  | P    A&lt;br /&gt;
    1 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
    2 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
    3 |     | X       |&lt;br /&gt;
    4 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The X represents the override to role R2 made in the course context.  Let&#039;s add the rest of the overrides:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
         R1   R2   R3   R4   R1&lt;br /&gt;
      +-----+---------+--------&lt;br /&gt;
    0 |  A  | N    N  | P    A&lt;br /&gt;
    1 |  N  |         | N    N&lt;br /&gt;
    2 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
    3 |     | X    A  |&lt;br /&gt;
    4 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table is now fully populated, and we are ready to calculate the permission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The algorithm===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The algorithm follows a path through the table indicated by nodes and arrows in the diagram below and stops as soon as it has a conclusive result.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Algorithm_path_through_permission_table.png|Algorithm path through permissions data]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If there is an X anywhere in the table, STOP.  The calculated permission is &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the START node&lt;br /&gt;
# If there is no next node, STOP.  The calculated permission is &#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, follow the arrow to the next node&lt;br /&gt;
#Add the permissions in the node using the numerical equivalents: N = 0, A = +1, P = -1&lt;br /&gt;
#* If the sum is positive, STOP. The calculated permission is &#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#* If the sum is negative, STOP. The calculated permission is &#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#* If the sum is zero, GO TO step 3 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the algorithm stops when either (1) a conclusive result is obtained, or (2) the algorithm reaches the last node without a conclusive result.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Applying the algorithm to our example===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we execute the algorithm with the quiz data, we stop at step 1 with a calculated permission of X.  That was too easy, so let&#039;s change the X to a P and see what happens:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
         R1   R2   R3   R4   R1&lt;br /&gt;
      +-----+---------+--------&lt;br /&gt;
    0 |  A  | A    P  | P    A&lt;br /&gt;
    1 |  N  |         | N    N&lt;br /&gt;
    2 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
    3 |     | P    A  |&lt;br /&gt;
    4 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Run the algorithm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*There is No X in the table&lt;br /&gt;
*Go to the START node&lt;br /&gt;
*Go to the next node&lt;br /&gt;
*N + N = 0 &lt;br /&gt;
*the sum is zero; go to the next node&lt;br /&gt;
*A + P = 0&lt;br /&gt;
*the sum is zero; go to the next node&lt;br /&gt;
*P + A = 0&lt;br /&gt;
*the sum is zero; go to the next node&lt;br /&gt;
*A + P = 0 &lt;br /&gt;
*the sum is zero; go to the next node&lt;br /&gt;
*N = 0&lt;br /&gt;
*the sum is zero; go to the next node&lt;br /&gt;
*A = +1&lt;br /&gt;
*the sum is positive; STOP.  The calculated permission is &#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the calculated permission is &#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;has_capability()&#039;&#039; returns &#039;&#039;true&#039;&#039;, and the user is allowed to perform the action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Had the calculated permission been &#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;has_capability()&#039;&#039; would not immediately return &#039;&#039;false&#039;&#039;. Rather, it would test if the user has &#039;&#039;moodle/site:doanything = Allow&#039;&#039; (since this permission trumps all others). The function does this by calling itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    final result = has_capability(moodle/site:doanything,CONTEXT, USER);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A note about the algorithm==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Earlier, we said that the algorithm &amp;quot;calculates the result you would expect.&amp;quot; But what do we expect?  Intuition tells us that permissions closer to the user should carry more weight than more distant permissions.  That&#039;s why we set up the table the way we did and why the algorithm walks the table in the order that it does.  The last column of the table represents the role assignment(s) closest to the user.  The second-to-last column represents the role assignent(s) that are next in terms of distance from the user, and so-on.  That&#039;s why the algorithm considers the columns from right-to-left.  Within a column, the algorithm searches upward in order to give higher weight to overrides that are closer to the user.  Once again, this matches our intuition about overrides.  If there are no overrides in a column (or the overrides are all Not set), the permission in the role definition is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Getting the result you expect==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation is more likely to give &amp;quot;the result you would expect&amp;quot; if you keep your permissions as simple as possible.  Therefore, we recommend the following &#039;rules&#039; for defining and overriding roles. If you understand the description of the calculation above, you should understand why they make sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===When defining roles===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
... use Allow (A) for things you want the role to be able to do, and use Not set (N) for things you don&#039;t care about (which should include most things).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===When overriding permissions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
... leave the permission for every capability as Inherit (N) apart from the few you want to change. For those, use Allow (A) for things you want to allow, and Prevent (P) for things you want to prevent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Only use prohibit in special roles===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prohibit exists to cover extreme scenarios such as the following: Suppose you have a naughty student who is posting inappropriate content in your Moodle site. You need to be able to remove their ability to contribute to public discussions until they have promised not to do it again, but during that time, you cannot completely block them from the resources, quizzes, etc. because they must keep up with their studying. Therefore, you need a way to block their access to specific capabilities e.g.  mod/forum:replypost in a way that cannot be overridden. You can do this by creating a special &#039;Naughty student&#039; role defined with the required permission(s) set to prohibit. Then when you are having problems with a user, you can temporarily assign them this role, either at site level or at course level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A practical example==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppose that a user, who is assigned the role of Course creator in category B, creates a course (becoming Teacher in the course) and then creates a Lesson within the course.  The user is about to edit the lesson (editing lessons is controlled by capability &#039;&#039;mod/lesson:edit&#039;&#039;).  Here is the permission data:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    0     System      &amp;lt;---- define Auth user(N), Creator(N), Teacher(A)&lt;br /&gt;
            |               assign Auth user&lt;br /&gt;
            |&lt;br /&gt;
    1   Category A&lt;br /&gt;
            |                          &lt;br /&gt;
            |                          &lt;br /&gt;
    2  Subcategory B  &amp;lt;---- assign Creator&lt;br /&gt;
            |&lt;br /&gt;
            |&lt;br /&gt;
    3     Course      &amp;lt;---- assign Teacher&lt;br /&gt;
            |&lt;br /&gt;
            |&lt;br /&gt;
    4    Lesson       &amp;lt;---- user attempts to edit lesson&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We set up the table and populate it with permission data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
         AuthUser  Creator  Teacher&lt;br /&gt;
      +----------+--------+--------&lt;br /&gt;
    0 |     N    |   N    |    A   &lt;br /&gt;
    1 |          |        | &lt;br /&gt;
    2 |          |        |&lt;br /&gt;
    3 |          |        |       &lt;br /&gt;
    4 |          |        |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no overrides, the table only has data in the first row.  The algorithm quickly calculates a permission of &#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039; and returns true.  The user is allowed to edit the Lesson!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now suppose Teacher is overridden in the Lesson context with &#039;&#039;mod/lesson:edit = P&#039;&#039;.  Then the table changes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
         AuthUser  Creator  Teacher&lt;br /&gt;
      +----------+--------+--------&lt;br /&gt;
    0 |     N    |   N    |    A&lt;br /&gt;
    1 |          |        |&lt;br /&gt;
    2 |          |        | &lt;br /&gt;
    3 |          |        |         &lt;br /&gt;
    4 |          |        |    P                &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and clearly the user is no longer allowed to edit the Lesson.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But suppose the administrator (or whoever is making the overrides) decided instead to override the &#039;&#039;Creator role&#039;&#039;, setting &#039;&#039;mod/lesson:edit = Prevent&#039;&#039; in the Categoy B context:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
         AuthUser  Creator  Teacher&lt;br /&gt;
      +----------+--------+--------&lt;br /&gt;
    0 |     N    |   N    |    A&lt;br /&gt;
    1 |          |        | &lt;br /&gt;
    2 |          |   P    | &lt;br /&gt;
    3 |          |        |      &lt;br /&gt;
    4 |          |        |                       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much to everyone&#039;s surprise, the user is still allowed to edit the Lesson!  If you understood this article, you shouldn&#039;t be surprised, and you should be able to explain what happened.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=90140 Logged in: what role am I?] and [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=66782 What happens if a user has multiple roles in a course?] forum discussions.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a script called rolesdebug.php that you can use to create tables like the ones in this article.  It is very useful for debugging roles-related problems.  See [[The rolesdebug.php roles debugging script]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Roles]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Comment les permissions sont calculées ?]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=How_permissions_are_calculated&amp;diff=34218</id>
		<title>How permissions are calculated</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=How_permissions_are_calculated&amp;diff=34218"/>
		<updated>2008-03-29T12:22:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* When overriding roles */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Roles}}&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most frequently asked question is: &#039;&#039;What permissions does a user have in a given context?&#039;&#039; This article will document the main function in Moodle that is used to answer the question.  The function is &#039;&#039;has_capability()&#039;&#039;. It can be found in &#039;&#039;lib/accesslib.php&#039;&#039;. The function implements the rules for &amp;quot;summing&amp;quot; permissions from multiple roles and overrides. Given a user, a capability, and a context, the function returns &#039;&#039;true&#039;&#039; if the user is allowed to perform the action controlled by the capability in the given context, and &#039;&#039;false&#039;&#039; otherwise.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article is written for non-programmers as well as programmers. It describes &#039;&#039;what&#039;&#039; the function does, not &#039;&#039;how&#039;&#039;. The &#039;&#039;how&#039;&#039; is complicated. The &#039;&#039;what&#039;&#039; turns out to be surprisingly simple!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the function &#039;&#039;does not&#039;&#039; attempt to answer the Big Question posed in the first sentence of this article. Instead, it answers the little question &amp;quot;Can some user do &#039;&#039;CAP&#039;&#039; here?&amp;quot; where &#039;&#039;CAP&#039;&#039; is a specific capability. Moodle never calculates a user&#039;s complete set of permissions.  It would be very costly to do so, and also wasteful, since most of the permissions would never be tested.  Instead, Moodle calculates permissions lazily, i.e., on demand. Moodle does not cache calculated permissions, but recalculates them every time they need to be tested. This is why role assignments and overrides no longer have delayed effects, as they did in Moodle 1.7 and 1.8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The calculation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The function is called as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    has_capability(CAP,CONTEXT,USER);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where&lt;br /&gt;
*CAP is the capability being tested (e.g., mod/quiz:attempt)&lt;br /&gt;
*CONTEXT can be System context or some context nested arbitrarily deeply within System. Internally, the function uses Unix-style paths to represent contexts (e.g., /1/3/4/150), but such details do not concern us here&lt;br /&gt;
*USER is the user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The function returns a true/false result&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;true&#039;&#039;  means the user should be allowed to perform the action&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;false&#039;&#039; means the user should be prevented from perfoming the action&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Data used by the function===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppose USER is about to attempt a quiz (&#039;&#039;CAP = mod/quiz:attempt&#039;&#039;) in a Module context nested four levels deep within System.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
      System&lt;br /&gt;
         |&lt;br /&gt;
     Category A&lt;br /&gt;
         |					      &lt;br /&gt;
    Subcategory B&lt;br /&gt;
         |&lt;br /&gt;
       Course&lt;br /&gt;
         |&lt;br /&gt;
       Quiz  &amp;lt;--- the user is here&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The quiz module will call &#039;&#039;has_capability()&#039;&#039; to see if the user should be allowed to perform this action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The function considers the following permissions data:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Role definitions&#039;&#039; (these are in the System context) &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Role assignments&#039;&#039; which have been made in any of the five contexts &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Role overrides&#039;&#039; which may occur in any of the contexts except System (there is no concept of override in System).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that there may be multiple assignments and/or overrides in any single context.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whether or not the user can attempt the quiz is a function of the permissions data, as well as the location of the data in the context chain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;has_capability()&#039;&#039; considers all roles and overrides that impact USER in CONTEXT, but it ignores capabilities other than CAP.  This simplification lets us view each role or override as a &#039;&#039;single permission&#039;&#039; having one of the following values&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    N - Not set&lt;br /&gt;
    A - Allow&lt;br /&gt;
    P - Prevent&lt;br /&gt;
    X - Prohibit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We use the following notation: for a role &#039;&#039;R1&#039;&#039; with permission &#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;, we write &#039;&#039;R1(P)&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===An example===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the quiz example, suppose that the user has four roles (&#039;&#039;R1&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;R2&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;R3&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;R4&#039;&#039;) and each of the roles has been assigned and overridden as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    0     System      &amp;lt;---- define R1(A), R2(N), R3(N), R4(P)&lt;br /&gt;
            |               assign R1&lt;br /&gt;
            |&lt;br /&gt;
    1   Category A    &amp;lt;-------------- overide R1(N) and R4(N)&lt;br /&gt;
            |                          &lt;br /&gt;
            |                          &lt;br /&gt;
    2  Subcategory B  &amp;lt;---- assign R2 and R3&lt;br /&gt;
            |&lt;br /&gt;
            |&lt;br /&gt;
    3     Course      &amp;lt;-------------- override R2(X) and R3(A)&lt;br /&gt;
            |&lt;br /&gt;
            |&lt;br /&gt;
    4     Quiz        &amp;lt;---- assign R4 and R1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that &#039;&#039;R1&#039;&#039; has been assigned in two different contexts. This is an unusual practice (it is probably someone&#039;s error), but since it is legal, we have to consider the possibility that it can happen.  In fact this entire example has been contrived to explore the edge cases of the algorithm.  In practice, the calculation of permissions is trivial and the function calculates the result you would expect based on common sense and simple mental analysis (for further discussion of this, see [[#A note about the algorithm|A note about the algorithm]] near the end of this article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Representing the data in tabular form===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will set up a table to hold the permission data.  The table has&lt;br /&gt;
*one column for each role assignment, listed in order of increasing assignment depth.  Columns      are labeled with the role names.    &lt;br /&gt;
*one row for each context level, listed in order of increasing context depth. Rows are labeled with the context level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the quiz example, &#039;&#039;R1&#039;&#039; is assigned in the System context, so it becomes the first column.  &#039;&#039;R2&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;R3&#039;&#039; are assigned in the second highest context, so they become the next two columns (it doesn&#039;t matter which one goes first).  &#039;&#039;R4&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;R1&#039;&#039; are assigned in the lowest context, so we list them last (again, it doesn&#039;t matter which one goes first).  Here is our table with the rows and columns labeled:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
         R1   R2   R3   R4   R1&lt;br /&gt;
      +------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
    0 |&lt;br /&gt;
    1 |&lt;br /&gt;
    2 |&lt;br /&gt;
    3 |&lt;br /&gt;
    4 |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We add vertical lines to group role assignments made in the same context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
         R1   R2   R3   R4   R1&lt;br /&gt;
      +-----+---------+--------&lt;br /&gt;
    0 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
    1 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
    2 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
    3 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
    4 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table is now ready to have the permission data added.  In the first row, put the permission from the role definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
         R1   R2   R3   R4   R1&lt;br /&gt;
      +-----+---------+--------&lt;br /&gt;
    0 |  A  | N    N  | P    A&lt;br /&gt;
    1 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
    2 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
    3 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
    4 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The remaining data come from overrides.  We place the value from each override in &lt;br /&gt;
*the column corresponding to the role being overridden&lt;br /&gt;
*the row corresponding the level at which the override is made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To illustrate, let&#039;s add just one of the overrides:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
         R1   R2   R3   R4   R1&lt;br /&gt;
      +-----+---------+--------&lt;br /&gt;
    0 |  A  | N    N  | P    A&lt;br /&gt;
    1 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
    2 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
    3 |     | X       |&lt;br /&gt;
    4 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The X represents the override to role R2 made in the course context.  Let&#039;s add the rest of the overrides:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
         R1   R2   R3   R4   R1&lt;br /&gt;
      +-----+---------+--------&lt;br /&gt;
    0 |  A  | N    N  | P    A&lt;br /&gt;
    1 |  N  |         | N    N&lt;br /&gt;
    2 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
    3 |     | X    A  |&lt;br /&gt;
    4 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table is now fully populated, and we are ready to calculate the permission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The algorithm===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The algorithm follows a path through the table indicated by nodes and arrows in the diagram below and stops as soon as it has a conclusive result.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Algorithm_path_through_permission_table.png|Algorithm path through permissions data]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If there is an X anywhere in the table, STOP.  The calculated permission is &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the START node&lt;br /&gt;
# If there is no next node, STOP.  The calculated permission is &#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Otherwise, follow the arrow to the next node&lt;br /&gt;
#Add the permissions in the node using the numerical equivalents: N = 0, A = +1, P = -1&lt;br /&gt;
#* If the sum is positive, STOP. The calculated permission is &#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#* If the sum is negative, STOP. The calculated permission is &#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#* If the sum is zero, GO TO step 3 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the algorithm stops when either (1) a conclusive result is obtained, or (2) the algorithm reaches the last node without a conclusive result.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Applying the algorithm to our example===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we execute the algorithm with the quiz data, we stop at step 1 with a calculated permission of X.  That was too easy, so let&#039;s change the X to a P and see what happens:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
         R1   R2   R3   R4   R1&lt;br /&gt;
      +-----+---------+--------&lt;br /&gt;
    0 |  A  | A    P  | P    A&lt;br /&gt;
    1 |  N  |         | N    N&lt;br /&gt;
    2 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
    3 |     | P    A  |&lt;br /&gt;
    4 |     |         |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Run the algorithm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*There is No X in the table&lt;br /&gt;
*Go to the START node&lt;br /&gt;
*Go to the next node&lt;br /&gt;
*N + N = 0 &lt;br /&gt;
*the sum is zero; go to the next node&lt;br /&gt;
*A + P = 0&lt;br /&gt;
*the sum is zero; go to the next node&lt;br /&gt;
*P + A = 0&lt;br /&gt;
*the sum is zero; go to the next node&lt;br /&gt;
*A + P = 0 &lt;br /&gt;
*the sum is zero; go to the next node&lt;br /&gt;
*N = 0&lt;br /&gt;
*the sum is zero; go to the next node&lt;br /&gt;
*A = +1&lt;br /&gt;
*the sum is positive; STOP.  The calculated permission is &#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the calculated permission is &#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;has_capability()&#039;&#039; returns &#039;&#039;true&#039;&#039;, and the user is allowed to perform the action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Had the calculated permission been &#039;&#039;P&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;has_capability()&#039;&#039; would not immediately return &#039;&#039;false&#039;&#039;. Rather, it would test if the user has &#039;&#039;moodle/site:doanything = Allow&#039;&#039; (since this permission trumps all others). The function does this by calling itself: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    final result = has_capability(moodle/site:doanything,CONTEXT, USER);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A note about the algorithm==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Earlier, we said that the algorithm &amp;quot;calculates the result you would expect.&amp;quot; But what do we expect?  Intuition tells us that permissions closer to the user should carry more weight than more distant permissions.  That&#039;s why we set up the table the way we did and why the algorithm walks the table in the order that it does.  The last column of the table represents the role assignment(s) closest to the user.  The second-to-last column represents the role assignent(s) that are next in terms of distance from the user, and so-on.  That&#039;s why the algorithm considers the columns from right-to-left.  Within a column, the algorithm searches upward in order to give higher weight to overrides that are closer to the user.  Once again, this matches our intuition about overrides.  If there are no overrides in a column (or the overrides are all Not set), the permission in the role definition is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Getting the result you expect==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation is more likely to give &amp;quot;the result you would expect&amp;quot; if you keep your permissions as simple as possible.  Therefore, we recommend the following &#039;rules&#039; for defining and overriding roles. If you understand the description of the calculation above, you should understand why they make sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===When defining roles===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
... use Allow (A) for things you want the role to be able to do, and use Not set (N) for things you don&#039;t care about (which should include most things).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===When overriding permissions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
... leave the permission for every capability as Inherit (N) apart from the few you want to change. For those, use Allow (A) for things you want to allow, and Prevent (P) for things you want to prevent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Only use prohibit in special roles===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prohibit only exists to cover the following scenario: Suppose you have a naughty student who is posting inappropriate content in your Moodle site. You need to be able to remove their ability to contribute to public discussions until they have promised not to do it again, but during that time, you cannot completely block them from the resources, quizzes, etc. because they must keep up with their studying. Therefore, you need a way to block their access to capabilities like mod/forum:post in a way that cannot be overridden. You can do this by creating a special &#039;Naughty student&#039; role defined with these permission set to prohibit. Then when you are having problems with a user, you can temporarily assign them this role, either at site level or at course level. Normally, this is the only way you have to use prohibit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A practical example==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suppose that a user, who is assigned the role of Course creator in category B, creates a course (becoming Teacher in the course) and then creates a Lesson within the course.  The user is about to edit the lesson (editing lessons is controlled by capability &#039;&#039;mod/lesson:edit&#039;&#039;).  Here is the permission data:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    0     System      &amp;lt;---- define Auth user(N), Creator(N), Teacher(A)&lt;br /&gt;
            |               assign Auth user&lt;br /&gt;
            |&lt;br /&gt;
    1   Category A&lt;br /&gt;
            |                          &lt;br /&gt;
            |                          &lt;br /&gt;
    2  Subcategory B  &amp;lt;---- assign Creator&lt;br /&gt;
            |&lt;br /&gt;
            |&lt;br /&gt;
    3     Course      &amp;lt;---- assign Teacher&lt;br /&gt;
            |&lt;br /&gt;
            |&lt;br /&gt;
    4    Lesson       &amp;lt;---- user attempts to edit lesson&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We set up the table and populate it with permission data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
         AuthUser  Creator  Teacher&lt;br /&gt;
      +----------+--------+--------&lt;br /&gt;
    0 |     N    |   N    |    A   &lt;br /&gt;
    1 |          |        | &lt;br /&gt;
    2 |          |        |&lt;br /&gt;
    3 |          |        |       &lt;br /&gt;
    4 |          |        |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since there are no overrides, the table only has data in the first row.  The algorithm quickly calculates a permission of &#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039; and returns true.  The user is allowed to edit the Lesson!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now suppose Teacher is overridden in the Lesson context with &#039;&#039;mod/lesson:edit = P&#039;&#039;.  Then the table changes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
         AuthUser  Creator  Teacher&lt;br /&gt;
      +----------+--------+--------&lt;br /&gt;
    0 |     N    |   N    |    A&lt;br /&gt;
    1 |          |        |&lt;br /&gt;
    2 |          |        | &lt;br /&gt;
    3 |          |        |         &lt;br /&gt;
    4 |          |        |    P                &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and clearly the user is no longer allowed to edit the Lesson.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But suppose the administrator (or whoever is making the overrides) decided instead to override the &#039;&#039;Creator role&#039;&#039;, setting &#039;&#039;mod/lesson:edit = Prevent&#039;&#039; in the Categoy B context:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
         AuthUser  Creator  Teacher&lt;br /&gt;
      +----------+--------+--------&lt;br /&gt;
    0 |     N    |   N    |    A&lt;br /&gt;
    1 |          |        | &lt;br /&gt;
    2 |          |   P    | &lt;br /&gt;
    3 |          |        |      &lt;br /&gt;
    4 |          |        |                       &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much to everyone&#039;s surprise, the user is still allowed to edit the Lesson!  If you understood this article, you shouldn&#039;t be surprised, and you should be able to explain what happened.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=90140 Logged in: what role am I?] and [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=66782 What happens if a user has multiple roles in a course?] forum discussions.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a script called rolesdebug.php that you can use to create tables like the ones in this article.  It is very useful for debugging roles-related problems.  See [[The rolesdebug.php roles debugging script]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Roles]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Comment les permissions sont calculées ?]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Moodle_manuals&amp;diff=33497</id>
		<title>Moodle manuals</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Moodle_manuals&amp;diff=33497"/>
		<updated>2008-03-12T10:15:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* Administration manuals */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
This page contains some links to manuals, tutorials and other multimedia documentation produced by moodlers all over the world. Please feel free to submit your contribution by adding a link to this page or sending the file to [mailto:docs@moodle.org docs@moodle.org].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Teacher manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===English===&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.howtomoodle.com/content/view/180/368/ Course Creator Reference Manual 1.8] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ray Lawrence&#039;&#039;&#039; Print 191 pages £15&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.howtomoodle.com/content/view/180/368/ Administrator Reference Manual 1.8] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ray Lawrence&#039;&#039;&#039; Print 69 pages £12&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/moodle_1.4.3_for_teachers_and_trainers.pdf Moodle 1.4.3 For Teachers and Trainers] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Bryan Williams&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 2.4MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/other/Using-Your-Moodle.pdf Using Your Moodle (1.4.3)] by [https://docs.moodle.org/en/User:Darren_Smith Darren Smith] (PDF, 2MB, Published Jan 2005)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual.pdf Moodle 1.4 Teacher Manual] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.staff.sbc.edu/tmarcais/classfiles/moodle/Moodle1.5.3.pdf Moodle 1.5.3 Teacher Manual] - Original Documentation by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039;, updated to version 1.5.3 by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 9.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.packtpub.com/moodle/book Moodle E-Learning Course Development] - by William Rice, [http://www.packtpub.com/ Packt Publishing], May 2006, 250 pages, €33.29/$35.99&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.fct.unl.pt/mod/resource/view.php?id=24107 A Visual Introduction to Moodle - for teachers and page creators] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;João Fernandes&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 4MB), 43 pages, [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/2.5/ Creative Commons Non-Comercial Share Alike 2.5 License]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.tokem.fi/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Illustrated on-line Beginner, Student and Teacher manuals for Moodle 1.5.4, 1.6.4 and 1.8.3] (including some third-party tools and Flash demos as well as a concise Hot Potatoes manual) by &#039;&#039;&#039;Paul Nijbakker&#039;&#039;&#039;, eLearning Centre of Kemi-Tornio University of Applied Sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.sbc.edu/mod/resource/view.php?id=8088 Moodle Upgrading from 1.5.3 to 1.8, Changes for Teachers] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.sbc.edu/mod/resource/view.php?id=8087 Moodle 1.8 Teacher Manual] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (based in part on documentation by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039;) (PDF, 10.6MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/mod/resource/view.php?id=2092 Moodle Teacher Handbook (Moodle 1.9)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Renate Jirmann and Ralf Hilgenstock&#039;&#039;&#039;, 163 pages, 30,- € plus mailing expenses, customized versions and online licence available&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9780596529185/ Using Moodle, Second Edition] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jason Cole&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Helen Foster&#039;&#039;&#039;, 282 pages, $27,99 for the PDF version, each chapter available as a PDF for $3,99 a piece&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other Languages===&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/software/Moodle/Tamil/Moodle_TA_20080131_Tea.pdf Moodle 1.8+ Teacher Manual (Tamil - Sri Lanka)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Kengatharaiyer Sarveswaran&#039;&#039;&#039; , University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka. (PDF, 1.54MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/software/Moodle/Sinhala/Moodle_SI_20080131_Tea.pdf Moodle 1.8+ Teacher Manual (Sinhala)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Sulochana Sooriyaarachchi&#039;&#039;&#039; , University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka. (PDF, 2.79MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-1.5-nl.pdf Moodle 1.5 Teacher Manual (Dutch)] - (PDF, 3MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-it.pdf Moodle 1.3 Teacher Manual (Italian)] - (PDF, 3.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-fr.pdf Moodle 1.3 Teacher Manual (French)] - (PDF, 5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-es.pdf Moodle Teacher Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Enrique Castro&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 5.4MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lasalle.es/descargas/ManualMoodle2006.zip Moodle 1.5 Teacher Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jesús Martín&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 5.2MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/file.php/1/Moodle_Trainer_18_public.pdf Moodle 1.8 Trainerhandbuch (German) Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] - von Renate Jirmann und Ralf Hilgenstock 30,- € (gedruckt 155 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//mod/resource/view.php?id=1294 moodle @ work (German) Praxisberichte /Use Cases Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] 12,50 €(gedruckt 150 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/mod/resource/view.php?id=1645 moodle- Praxisbuch (German) Info] - von Fredi Gertsch, Addison&amp;amp;Wesley 540 pages, 44,95 €&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://file024r.mylivepage.com/chunk24/390895/255/Arb_MOODLE.pdf Moodle Teacher Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 6.4MB)  استعمال موودل للمعلمين باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.fct.unl.pt/mod/resource/view.php?id=24107 Uma introdução visual ao Moodle - pa] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;João Fernandes&#039;&#039;&#039; ra professores e criadores de páginas (PDF, 4MB), 43 pages, [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/2.5/ Creative Commons Non-Comercial Share Alike 2.5 License]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.open.hr/request.php?5 Moodle 1.6 Teacher Manual (Croatian)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ivana Bosnić&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.moodle.si/moodle/mod/wiki/view.php?id=22 Moodle 1.6 Teacher Manual (Slovenian)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Alja Sulčič&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Viktorija Sulčič&#039;&#039;&#039;, Center for e-learning, Faculty of management Koper, Slovenia (Wiki version, requires free site registration)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://195.148.254.152/moodle/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Moodle opiskelijan ja opettajan opas 1.5.4 ja 1.6.4] &#039;&#039;&#039;Sanna Saukkoriipi&#039;&#039;&#039;, Kemi-Tornion ammattikorkeakoulun eOppimiskeskus.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de German DVD] 8 Stunden Anleitungsvideos- von &#039;&#039;&#039;Ralf Hilgenstock&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://aulavirtual2.educa.madrid.org/mod/resource/view.php?inpopup=true&amp;amp;id=5659 Moodle versión 1.8 Manual de consulta para el profesorado (Spanish)] - &#039;&#039;&#039;Jesús Baños Sancho&#039;&#039;&#039; (16.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Administration manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.howtomoodle.com/content/view/180/368/ Administrator Reference Manual 1.8] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ray Lawrence&#039;&#039;&#039; Print 69 pages £12&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//mod/resource/view.php?id=1191 Handbuch Installation und Administration (German) Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] - von André Krüger, Urs Hunkler, Ralf Hilgenstock 30,- € (gedruckt 110 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/file.php/16/moddata/forum/160/234243/Install_Moodle.pdf Moodle Administrator Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 0.3MB)  تنزيل موودل باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Student manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/user_manual_es.pdf Moodle User Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Enrique Castro&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//file.php?file=/1/Bestellblatt.pdf Teilnehmerhandbuch (German) Info und Bestellformular] - von Ralf Hilgenstock und Renate Jirmann (gedruckt  63 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://jamildepalestina.mylivepage.com/file/?fileid=882 Moodle Student Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3 MB)   استعمال موودل للطلاب باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.tokem.fi/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Illustrated on-line Beginner, Student and Teacher manuals for Moodle 1.5.4, 1.6.4 and 1.8.2] (including descriptions of some contrib tools) in English and Finnish by &#039;&#039;&#039;Paul Nijbakker&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Sanna Saukkoriipi&#039;&#039;&#039;, eLearning Centre of Kemi-Tornio University of Applied Sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Moodle presentations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Teacher]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Manuales de Moodle]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Moodle_manuals&amp;diff=33157</id>
		<title>Moodle manuals</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Moodle_manuals&amp;diff=33157"/>
		<updated>2008-03-03T15:54:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* English */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
This page contains some links to manuals, tutorials and other multimedia documentation produced by moodlers all over the world. Please feel free to submit your contribution by adding a link to this page or sending the file to [mailto:docs@moodle.org docs@moodle.org].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Teacher manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===English===&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.howtomoodle.com/content/view/180/368/ Course Creator Reference Manual 1.8] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ray Lawrence&#039;&#039;&#039; Print 191 pages £15&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.howtomoodle.com/content/view/180/368/ Administrator Reference Manual 1.8] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ray Lawrence&#039;&#039;&#039; Print 69 pages £12&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/moodle_1.4.3_for_teachers_and_trainers.pdf Moodle 1.4.3 For Teachers and Trainers] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Bryan Williams&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 2.4MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/other/Using-Your-Moodle.pdf Using Your Moodle (1.4.3)] by [https://docs.moodle.org/en/User:Darren_Smith Darren Smith] (PDF, 2MB, Published Jan 2005)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual.pdf Moodle 1.4 Teacher Manual] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.staff.sbc.edu/tmarcais/classfiles/moodle/Moodle1.5.3.pdf Moodle 1.5.3 Teacher Manual] - Original Documentation by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039;, updated to version 1.5.3 by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 9.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.packtpub.com/moodle/book Moodle E-Learning Course Development] - by William Rice, [http://www.packtpub.com/ Packt Publishing], May 2006, 250 pages, €33.29/$35.99&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.fct.unl.pt/mod/resource/view.php?id=24107 A Visual Introduction to Moodle - for teachers and page creators] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;João Fernandes&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 4MB), 43 pages, [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/2.5/ Creative Commons Non-Comercial Share Alike 2.5 License]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.tokem.fi/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Illustrated on-line Beginner, Student and Teacher manuals for Moodle 1.5.4, 1.6.4 and 1.8.3] (including some third-party tools and Flash demos as well as a concise Hot Potatoes manual) by &#039;&#039;&#039;Paul Nijbakker&#039;&#039;&#039;, eLearning Centre of Kemi-Tornio University of Applied Sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.sbc.edu/mod/resource/view.php?id=8088 Moodle Upgrading from 1.5.3 to 1.8, Changes for Teachers] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.sbc.edu/mod/resource/view.php?id=8087 Moodle 1.8 Teacher Manual] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (based in part on documentation by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039;) (PDF, 10.6MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/mod/resource/view.php?id=2092 Moodle Teacher Handbook (Moodle 1.9)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Renate Jirmann and Ralf Hilgenstock&#039;&#039;&#039;, 163 pages, 30,- € plus mailing expenses, customized versions and online licence available&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9780596529185/ Using Moodle, Second Edition] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jason Cole&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Helen Foster&#039;&#039;&#039;, 282 pages, $27,99 for the PDF version, each chapter available as a PDF for $3,99 a piece&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other Languages===&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/software/Moodle/Tamil/Moodle_TA_20080131_Tea.pdf Moodle 1.8+ Teacher Manual (Tamil - Sri Lanka)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Kengatharaiyer Sarveswaran&#039;&#039;&#039; , University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka. (PDF, 1.54MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lakapps.lk/software/Moodle/Sinhala/Moodle_SI_20080131_Tea.pdf Moodle 1.8+ Teacher Manual (Sinhala)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Sulochana Sooriyaarachchi&#039;&#039;&#039; , University of Moratuwa, Sri Lanka. (PDF, 2.79MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-1.5-nl.pdf Moodle 1.5 Teacher Manual (Dutch)] - (PDF, 3MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-it.pdf Moodle 1.3 Teacher Manual (Italian)] - (PDF, 3.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-fr.pdf Moodle 1.3 Teacher Manual (French)] - (PDF, 5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-es.pdf Moodle Teacher Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Enrique Castro&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 5.4MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lasalle.es/descargas/ManualMoodle2006.zip Moodle 1.5 Teacher Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jesús Martín&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 5.2MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/file.php/1/Moodle_Trainer_18_public.pdf Moodle 1.8 Trainerhandbuch (German) Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] - von Renate Jirmann und Ralf Hilgenstock 30,- € (gedruckt 155 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//mod/resource/view.php?id=1294 moodle @ work (German) Praxisberichte /Use Cases Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] 12,50 €(gedruckt 150 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/mod/resource/view.php?id=1645 moodle- Praxisbuch (German) Info] - von Fredi Gertsch, Addison&amp;amp;Wesley 540 pages, 44,95 €&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://file024r.mylivepage.com/chunk24/390895/255/Arb_MOODLE.pdf Moodle Teacher Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 6.4MB)  استعمال موودل للمعلمين باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.fct.unl.pt/mod/resource/view.php?id=24107 Uma introdução visual ao Moodle - pa] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;João Fernandes&#039;&#039;&#039; ra professores e criadores de páginas (PDF, 4MB), 43 pages, [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/2.5/ Creative Commons Non-Comercial Share Alike 2.5 License]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.open.hr/request.php?5 Moodle 1.6 Teacher Manual (Croatian)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ivana Bosnić&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.moodle.si/moodle/mod/wiki/view.php?id=22 Moodle 1.6 Teacher Manual (Slovenian)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Alja Sulčič&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Viktorija Sulčič&#039;&#039;&#039;, Center for e-learning, Faculty of management Koper, Slovenia (Wiki version, requires free site registration)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://195.148.254.152/moodle/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Moodle opiskelijan ja opettajan opas 1.5.4 ja 1.6.4] &#039;&#039;&#039;Sanna Saukkoriipi&#039;&#039;&#039;, Kemi-Tornion ammattikorkeakoulun eOppimiskeskus.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de German DVD] 8 Stunden Anleitungsvideos- von &#039;&#039;&#039;Ralf Hilgenstock&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://aulavirtual2.educa.madrid.org/mod/resource/view.php?inpopup=true&amp;amp;id=5659 Moodle versión 1.8 Manual de consulta para el profesorado (Spanish)] - &#039;&#039;&#039;Jesús Baños Sancho&#039;&#039;&#039; (16.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Administration manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//mod/resource/view.php?id=1191 Handbuch Installation und Administration (German) Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] - von André Krüger, Urs Hunkler, Ralf Hilgenstock 30,- € (gedruckt 110 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/file.php/16/moddata/forum/160/234243/Install_Moodle.pdf Moodle Administrator Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 0.3MB)  تنزيل موودل باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Student manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/user_manual_es.pdf Moodle User Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Enrique Castro&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//file.php?file=/1/Bestellblatt.pdf Teilnehmerhandbuch (German) Info und Bestellformular] - von Ralf Hilgenstock und Renate Jirmann (gedruckt  63 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://jamildepalestina.mylivepage.com/file/?fileid=882 Moodle Student Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3 MB)   استعمال موودل للطلاب باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.tokem.fi/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Illustrated on-line Beginner, Student and Teacher manuals for Moodle 1.5.4, 1.6.4 and 1.8.2] (including descriptions of some contrib tools) in English and Finnish by &#039;&#039;&#039;Paul Nijbakker&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Sanna Saukkoriipi&#039;&#039;&#039;, eLearning Centre of Kemi-Tornio University of Applied Sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Moodle presentations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Teacher]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Manuales de Moodle]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Database_fields&amp;diff=32023</id>
		<title>Database fields</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Database_fields&amp;diff=32023"/>
		<updated>2008-02-10T14:37:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* Checkbox */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Databases}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;field&#039;&#039;&#039; is a named unit of information. Each entry in a [[Database module|database]] can have multiple fields of multiple types e.g. a text field called &#039;favourite color&#039; which allows you to type in your favourite shade, or a menu called &#039;state&#039; that lets you choose one from a list of the 50 that make up the United States of America. By combining several fields with appropriate names and types you should be able to capture all the relevant information about the items in your database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Field name and description ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All fields ask you for a name and a description when you create them. Field names must be unique and they should be short and sensible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Field types ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Checkbox ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allows one or more checkboxes. Each line in the options box is a different checkbox. The text entered is what will be the case if the checkbox is checked e.g. &#039;valid&#039; for something that can be valid or not. This word will appear beside the checkbox on entry, and then by itself when viewing if the box has been checked. If you wish to ensure that the user actively selects one of the options you can use [[Database_fields#Radio buttons|radio buttons]] instead&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Multiple checkboxes could be used, for example, in a movie database that has Horror, Comedy, Western etc. checkboxes for different film genres, and you would be able to check more than one in the case of Horror-Comedies or Comedy-Westerns. The [[Database_fields#Menu (multi-select)|menu (multi-select)]] field also achieves this, but clicking multiple checkboxes is usually a more obvious interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Date ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allows users to enter a date by picking a day, month and year from a drop down list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== File ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Asks users to upload a file from their computer. If it is an image file then the picture field may be a better choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Menu ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text entered in the &#039;&#039;options&#039;&#039; area will be presented as a drop-down list for the user to choose from. Each line become a different option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Menu (Multi-select) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text entered in the &#039;&#039;options&#039;&#039; area will be presented as a list for the user to choose from and each line become a different option. By holding down control or shift as they click, users will be able to select multiple options. This is a fairly advanced computer skill so it may be wise to use multiple checkboxes instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Number ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Asks the user to enter a number. The number must be an integer, though it can be negative ( e.g. ...,-2,-1,0,1,2,3,...). If you enter anything else but numbers and a leading minus sign the number will be truncated or converted to zero e.g. &amp;quot;3.14&amp;quot; becomes &amp;quot;3&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;1,000,000&amp;quot; becomes &amp;quot;1&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;six&amp;quot; becomes &amp;quot;0&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Picture ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can upload an image file from their computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio buttons ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allows the user to choose one from a range of options. If the user doesn&#039;t select any of these options then they will be prompted to do so and can only submit the entry when one option is chosen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you only have two options and they are opposites (true/false, yes/no) then you could simply use a single checkbox instead. However checkboxes default to their unchecked status and so people could submit without actively selecting one of the options. This may not always be appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Text ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Users can enter text up to 60 characters in length. For longer text, or for text that requires formatting such as headers and bullet points, you can use a textarea field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Textarea ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allows users to enter a long piece of text including formatting similar to that found when creating forum posts.&lt;br /&gt;
Max number of characters in text area = ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== URL ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ask the user to enter a URL. If you select &#039;&#039;autolink&#039;&#039; then the URL becomes a clickable link. If you also enter a &#039;&#039;forced name for the link&#039;&#039; then that text will be used for the hyperlink. For example in a database of authors you may wish people to enter the author&#039;s website. If you enter the text &#039;homepage&#039; as a forced name then clicking on text &amp;quot;homepage&amp;quot; will take you to the entered URL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Latitude/longitude ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Moodle 1.7}}&lt;br /&gt;
Users can enter a geographic location, by specifying the location&#039;s latitude and longitude. For example, [http://moodle.com/hq/ Moodle HQ] is at latitude -31.9545, longitude 115.877. When viewing the record, links are automatically generated linking to geographic data services such as [http://earth.google.com Google Earth], [http://www.openstreetmap.org/ OpenStreetMap], [http://www.geabios.com/ GeaBios],[http://www.mapstars.com/extern/deltaworks-holland Mapstars] and more. (The teacher can choose which of those links appear, if any.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Teacher]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Database]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[ru:Поля]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Champs]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:データベースフィールド]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Database_fields&amp;diff=32022</id>
		<title>Database fields</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Database_fields&amp;diff=32022"/>
		<updated>2008-02-10T14:37:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* Checkbox */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Databases}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;field&#039;&#039;&#039; is a named unit of information. Each entry in a [[Database module|database]] can have multiple fields of multiple types e.g. a text field called &#039;favourite color&#039; which allows you to type in your favourite shade, or a menu called &#039;state&#039; that lets you choose one from a list of the 50 that make up the United States of America. By combining several fields with appropriate names and types you should be able to capture all the relevant information about the items in your database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Field name and description ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All fields ask you for a name and a description when you create them. Field names must be unique and they should be short and sensible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Field types ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Checkbox ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allows one or more checkboxes. Each line in the options box is a different checkbox. The text entered is what will be the case if the checkbox is checked e.g. &#039;valid&#039; for something that can be valid or not. This word will appear beside the checkbox on entry, and then by itself when viewing if the box has been checked. If you wish to ensure that the user actively selects one of the options you can use [[Database_fields#Radio buttons|radio buttons]] instead&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Multiple checboxes could be used, for example, in a movie database that has Horror, Comedy, Western etc. checkboxes for different film genres, and you would be able to check more than one in the case of Horror-Comedies or Comedy-Westerns. The [[Database_fields#Menu (multi-select)|menu (multi-select)]] field also achieves this, but clicking multiple checkboxes is usually a more obvious interface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Date ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allows users to enter a date by picking a day, month and year from a drop down list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== File ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Asks users to upload a file from their computer. If it is an image file then the picture field may be a better choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Menu ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text entered in the &#039;&#039;options&#039;&#039; area will be presented as a drop-down list for the user to choose from. Each line become a different option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Menu (Multi-select) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text entered in the &#039;&#039;options&#039;&#039; area will be presented as a list for the user to choose from and each line become a different option. By holding down control or shift as they click, users will be able to select multiple options. This is a fairly advanced computer skill so it may be wise to use multiple checkboxes instead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Number ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Asks the user to enter a number. The number must be an integer, though it can be negative ( e.g. ...,-2,-1,0,1,2,3,...). If you enter anything else but numbers and a leading minus sign the number will be truncated or converted to zero e.g. &amp;quot;3.14&amp;quot; becomes &amp;quot;3&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;1,000,000&amp;quot; becomes &amp;quot;1&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;six&amp;quot; becomes &amp;quot;0&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Picture ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can upload an image file from their computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Radio buttons ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allows the user to choose one from a range of options. If the user doesn&#039;t select any of these options then they will be prompted to do so and can only submit the entry when one option is chosen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you only have two options and they are opposites (true/false, yes/no) then you could simply use a single checkbox instead. However checkboxes default to their unchecked status and so people could submit without actively selecting one of the options. This may not always be appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Text ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Users can enter text up to 60 characters in length. For longer text, or for text that requires formatting such as headers and bullet points, you can use a textarea field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Textarea ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allows users to enter a long piece of text including formatting similar to that found when creating forum posts.&lt;br /&gt;
Max number of characters in text area = ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== URL ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ask the user to enter a URL. If you select &#039;&#039;autolink&#039;&#039; then the URL becomes a clickable link. If you also enter a &#039;&#039;forced name for the link&#039;&#039; then that text will be used for the hyperlink. For example in a database of authors you may wish people to enter the author&#039;s website. If you enter the text &#039;homepage&#039; as a forced name then clicking on text &amp;quot;homepage&amp;quot; will take you to the entered URL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Latitude/longitude ===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Moodle 1.7}}&lt;br /&gt;
Users can enter a geographic location, by specifying the location&#039;s latitude and longitude. For example, [http://moodle.com/hq/ Moodle HQ] is at latitude -31.9545, longitude 115.877. When viewing the record, links are automatically generated linking to geographic data services such as [http://earth.google.com Google Earth], [http://www.openstreetmap.org/ OpenStreetMap], [http://www.geabios.com/ GeaBios],[http://www.mapstars.com/extern/deltaworks-holland Mapstars] and more. (The teacher can choose which of those links appear, if any.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Teacher]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Database]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[ru:Поля]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Champs]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:データベースフィールド]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=2.3:error/admin/cronerrorpassword&amp;diff=49203</id>
		<title>2.3:error/admin/cronerrorpassword</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=2.3:error/admin/cronerrorpassword&amp;diff=49203"/>
		<updated>2007-11-01T22:28:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;If this page is displayed you have atempted to force cron from your browser but have not appended the password set in Cron Password for remote access in Site Policies &amp;gt; Security e.g. http://site.example.com/admin/cron.php?password=opensesame&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=error/admin/cronerrorpassword&amp;diff=28411</id>
		<title>error/admin/cronerrorpassword</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=error/admin/cronerrorpassword&amp;diff=28411"/>
		<updated>2007-11-01T22:28:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;If this page is displayed you have atempted to force cron from your browser but have not appended the password set in Cron Password for remote access in Site Policies &amp;gt; Security e.g. http://site.example.com/admin/cron.php?password=opensesame&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=File:Cover2.gif&amp;diff=28330</id>
		<title>File:Cover2.gif</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=File:Cover2.gif&amp;diff=28330"/>
		<updated>2007-10-27T12:17:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=File:Cover.gif&amp;diff=28329</id>
		<title>File:Cover.gif</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=File:Cover.gif&amp;diff=28329"/>
		<updated>2007-10-27T12:01:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Moodle_manuals&amp;diff=28166</id>
		<title>Moodle manuals</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Moodle_manuals&amp;diff=28166"/>
		<updated>2007-10-23T19:18:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* English */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
This page contains some links to manuals, tutorials and other multimedia documentation produced by moodlers all over the world. Please feel free to submit your contribution by adding a link to this page or sending the file to [mailto:docs@moodle.org docs@moodle.org].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Teacher manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===English===&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.howtomoodle.com/component/option,com_wrapper/Itemid,362/ Course Creator Guide 1.8] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ray Lawrence&#039;&#039;&#039; Print 157 pages £15&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.howtomoodle.com/component/option,com_wrapper/Itemid,362/ Administrator Guide 1.8] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ray Lawrence&#039;&#039;&#039; Print 66 pages £12&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/moodle_1.4.3_for_teachers_and_trainers.pdf Moodle 1.4.3 For Teachers and Trainers] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Bryan Williams&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 2.4MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/other/Using-Your-Moodle.pdf Using Your Moodle (1.4.3)] by [https://docs.moodle.org/en/User:Darren_Smith Darren Smith] (PDF, 2MB, Published Jan 2005)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual.pdf Moodle 1.4 Teacher Manual] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.staff.sbc.edu/tmarcais/classfiles/moodle/Moodle1.5.3.pdf Moodle 1.5.3 Teacher Manual] - Original Documentation by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039;, updated to version 1.5.3 by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 9.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.packtpub.com/moodle/book Moodle E-Learning Course Development] - by William Rice, [http://www.packtpub.com/ Packt Publishing], May 2006, 250 pages, €33.29/$35.99&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.fct.unl.pt/mod/resource/view.php?id=24107 A Visual Introduction to Moodle - for teachers and page creators] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;João Fernandes&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 4MB), 43 pages, [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/2.5/ Creative Commons Non-Comercial Share Alike 2.5 License]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.tokem.fi/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Illustrated on-line Beginner, Student and Teacher manuals for Moodle 1.5.4, 1.6.4 and 1.8.2] (including some third-party tools and Flash demos) by &#039;&#039;&#039;Paul Nijbakker&#039;&#039;&#039;, eLearning Centre of Kemi-Tornio University of Applied Sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.sbc.edu/mod/resource/view.php?id=8088 Moodle Upgrading from 1.5.3 to 1.8, Changes for Teachers] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.sbc.edu/mod/resource/view.php?id=8087 Moodle 1.8 Teacher Manual] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Tom Marcais&#039;&#039;&#039; (based in part on documentation by &#039;&#039;&#039;Matt Riordan&#039;&#039;&#039;) (PDF, 10.6MB)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other Languages===&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-1.5-nl.pdf Moodle 1.5 Teacher Manual (Dutch)] - (PDF, 3MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-it.pdf Moodle 1.3 Teacher Manual (Italian)] - (PDF, 3.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-fr.pdf Moodle 1.3 Teacher Manual (French)] - (PDF, 5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/teacher-manual-es.pdf Moodle Teacher Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Enrique Castro&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 5.4MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.lasalle.es/descargas/ManualMoodle2006.zip Moodle 1.5 Teacher Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jesús Martín&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 5.2MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/file.php/1/Moodle_Trainer_18_public.pdf Moodle 1.8 Trainerhandbuch (German) Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] - von Renate Jirmann und Ralf Hilgenstock 30,- € (gedruckt 155 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//mod/resource/view.php?id=1294 moodle @ work (German) Praxisberichte /Use Cases Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] 12,50 €(gedruckt 150 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de/mod/resource/view.php?id=1645 moodle- Praxisbuch (German) Info] - von Fredi Gertsch, Addison&amp;amp;Wesley 540 pages, 44,95 €&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://file024r.mylivepage.com/chunk24/390895/255/Arb_MOODLE.pdf Moodle Teacher Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 6.4MB)  استعمال موودل للمعلمين باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.fct.unl.pt/mod/resource/view.php?id=24107 Uma introdução visual ao Moodle - pa] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;João Fernandes&#039;&#039;&#039; ra professores e criadores de páginas (PDF, 4MB), 43 pages, [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/2.5/ Creative Commons Non-Comercial Share Alike 2.5 License]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.open.hr/request.php?5 Moodle 1.6 Teacher Manual (Croatian)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Ivana Bosnić&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.moodle.si/moodle/mod/wiki/view.php?id=22 Moodle 1.6 Teacher Manual (Slovenian)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Alja Sulčič&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Viktorija Sulčič&#039;&#039;&#039;, Center for e-learning, Faculty of management Koper, Slovenia (Wiki version, requires free site registration)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://195.148.254.152/moodle/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Moodle opiskelijan ja opettajan opas 1.5.4 ja 1.6.4] &#039;&#039;&#039;Sanna Saukkoriipi&#039;&#039;&#039;, Kemi-Tornion ammattikorkeakoulun eOppimiskeskus.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de German DVD] 8 Stunden Anleitungsvideos- von &#039;&#039;&#039;Ralf Hilgenstock&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://aulavirtual2.educa.madrid.org/mod/resource/view.php?inpopup=true&amp;amp;id=5659 Moodle versión 1.8 Manual de consulta para el profesorado (Spanish)] - &#039;&#039;&#039;Jesús Baños Sancho&#039;&#039;&#039; (16.5MB)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Administration manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//mod/resource/view.php?id=1191 Handbuch Installation und Administration (German) Inhaltsverzeichnis/Content] - von André Krüger, Urs Hunkler, Ralf Hilgenstock 30,- € (gedruckt 110 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/file.php/16/moddata/forum/160/234243/Install_Moodle.pdf Moodle Administrator Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 0.3MB)  تنزيل موودل باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Student manuals==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://download.moodle.org/docs/user_manual_es.pdf Moodle User Manual (Spanish)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Enrique Castro&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3.1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.de//file.php?file=/1/Bestellblatt.pdf Teilnehmerhandbuch (German) Info und Bestellformular] - von Ralf Hilgenstock und Renate Jirmann (gedruckt  63 Seiten)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://jamildepalestina.mylivepage.com/file/?fileid=882 Moodle Student Manual (Arabic)] - by &#039;&#039;&#039;Jamil Itmazi&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF, 3 MB)   استعمال موودل للطلاب باللغة العربية من إعداد: د.جميل إطميزي&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.tokem.fi/mod/book/index.php?id=1 Illustrated on-line Beginner, Student and Teacher manuals for Moodle 1.5.4, 1.6.4 and 1.8.2] (including descriptions of some contrib tools) in English and Finnish by &#039;&#039;&#039;Paul Nijbakker&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Sanna Saukkoriipi&#039;&#039;&#039;, eLearning Centre of Kemi-Tornio University of Applied Sciences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Moodle presentations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Teacher]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Manuales de Moodle]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Theme_settings&amp;diff=27239</id>
		<title>Theme settings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Theme_settings&amp;diff=27239"/>
		<updated>2007-09-23T23:44:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* Hide activity type crumb */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Themes}}&lt;br /&gt;
Location: &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Appearance &amp;gt; Themes &amp;gt; Theme settings&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Theme settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;themelist&#039;&#039; - This lists the themes available for course and user themes. Leave this blank to allow any valid theme to be used. If you want to shorten the theme menu, you may specify a comma-separated list of names, though don&#039;t use spaces (e.g. standard,orangewhite).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;allowuserthemes&#039;&#039; - If you enable this, then users will be allowed to set their own themes. User themes override site themes but not course themes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;allowcoursethemes&#039;&#039; - If you enable this, then teachers will be able to set their own course themes. Course themes override all other theme choices (site, user, or session themes)..&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;allowuserstohideblocks&#039;&#039;- Allows users to display and hide blocks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;showblocksonmodulepage&#039;&#039; -If activity module allows blocks, this will enable a pulldown list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;allowcategorythemes&#039;&#039; - If you enable this, then themes can be set at the category level (from Moodle 1.9 onwards).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Theme types ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Site themes ====&lt;br /&gt;
Site themes may be previewed and chosen via Administration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Configuration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; [[Themes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== User themes ====&lt;br /&gt;
If the option &#039;&#039;allowuserthemes&#039;&#039; is enabled, each user may select their preferred theme on the [[user/edit|Edit profile]] page. All Moodle pages will be displayed in the user&#039;s theme, apart from courses where a course theme has been set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Course themes ====&lt;br /&gt;
If the option &#039;&#039;allowcoursethemes&#039;&#039; is enabled, each editing teacher may select their course theme via the Force theme option on the [[course/edit|Course settings]] page. The course will always be displayed in the theme specified in the course setting, with user and the site themes being overwritten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Session themes ====&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle offers an additional way to set a theme - the &#039;&#039;&#039;session theme&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is set with the URL and lasts until you log out. When you next login, the site/course/user themes are active again. This option is great for theme testing and works perfectly when you want to enable different themes for different situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example you can offer a special link for PDA users and integrate the session theme &#039;&#039;orangewhitepda&#039;&#039; in that link. Nobody needs to change any settings, you just click on that link. The session theme is called by the URL parameter &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;amp;theme=orangewhitepda&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The whole URL  without the session theme could look like &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://mymoodlesite.org/course/view.php?id=18&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and with the parameter for the PDA theme like &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;quot;http://mymoodlesite.org/course/view.php?id=18&amp;amp;theme=orangewhitepda&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a standard Moodle installation, session themes are not active. To activate them the administrator must add the parameter &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;$CFG-&amp;gt;allowthemechangeonurl = true;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to the Moodle &#039;&#039;config.php&#039;&#039; file in the Moodle base directory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Theme overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;border:1px dashed #ddd&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;text-align:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Theme type&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background:#eee&amp;quot;|Overwrites&lt;br /&gt;
!Display&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background:#eee&amp;quot;|Setting type&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|Site&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#eee&amp;quot;| - &lt;br /&gt;
|all pages*&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#eee&amp;quot;|saved in theme profile&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#eee&amp;quot;|Site theme&lt;br /&gt;
|all pages*&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#eee&amp;quot;|saved in user profile&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|Course&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#eee&amp;quot;|Site, user and session themes&lt;br /&gt;
|one course&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#eee&amp;quot;|saved in course profile&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|Session&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#eee&amp;quot;|Site and user themes&lt;br /&gt;
|all pages*&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#eee&amp;quot;|temporary until logout&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
(* except courses with the course theme set)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hide activity type navigation==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Moodle 1.9}}&lt;br /&gt;
From Moodle 1.9 onwards, the activity type (e.g. Quizzes) crumb in the navigation bar may be hidden from students or all users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Themes]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Configuración de temas]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Configuration des thèmes]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Theme_settings&amp;diff=27238</id>
		<title>Theme settings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Theme_settings&amp;diff=27238"/>
		<updated>2007-09-23T23:44:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* Hide activity type crumb */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Themes}}&lt;br /&gt;
Location: &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Appearance &amp;gt; Themes &amp;gt; Theme settings&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Theme settings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;themelist&#039;&#039; - This lists the themes available for course and user themes. Leave this blank to allow any valid theme to be used. If you want to shorten the theme menu, you may specify a comma-separated list of names, though don&#039;t use spaces (e.g. standard,orangewhite).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;allowuserthemes&#039;&#039; - If you enable this, then users will be allowed to set their own themes. User themes override site themes but not course themes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;allowcoursethemes&#039;&#039; - If you enable this, then teachers will be able to set their own course themes. Course themes override all other theme choices (site, user, or session themes)..&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;allowuserstohideblocks&#039;&#039;- Allows users to display and hide blocks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;showblocksonmodulepage&#039;&#039; -If activity module allows blocks, this will enable a pulldown list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;allowcategorythemes&#039;&#039; - If you enable this, then themes can be set at the category level (from Moodle 1.9 onwards).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Theme types ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Site themes ====&lt;br /&gt;
Site themes may be previewed and chosen via Administration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Configuration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; [[Themes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== User themes ====&lt;br /&gt;
If the option &#039;&#039;allowuserthemes&#039;&#039; is enabled, each user may select their preferred theme on the [[user/edit|Edit profile]] page. All Moodle pages will be displayed in the user&#039;s theme, apart from courses where a course theme has been set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Course themes ====&lt;br /&gt;
If the option &#039;&#039;allowcoursethemes&#039;&#039; is enabled, each editing teacher may select their course theme via the Force theme option on the [[course/edit|Course settings]] page. The course will always be displayed in the theme specified in the course setting, with user and the site themes being overwritten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Session themes ====&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle offers an additional way to set a theme - the &#039;&#039;&#039;session theme&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is set with the URL and lasts until you log out. When you next login, the site/course/user themes are active again. This option is great for theme testing and works perfectly when you want to enable different themes for different situations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example you can offer a special link for PDA users and integrate the session theme &#039;&#039;orangewhitepda&#039;&#039; in that link. Nobody needs to change any settings, you just click on that link. The session theme is called by the URL parameter &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;amp;theme=orangewhitepda&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The whole URL  without the session theme could look like &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://mymoodlesite.org/course/view.php?id=18&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; and with the parameter for the PDA theme like &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;quot;http://mymoodlesite.org/course/view.php?id=18&amp;amp;theme=orangewhitepda&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a standard Moodle installation, session themes are not active. To activate them the administrator must add the parameter &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;$CFG-&amp;gt;allowthemechangeonurl = true;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; to the Moodle &#039;&#039;config.php&#039;&#039; file in the Moodle base directory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Theme overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;border:1px dashed #ddd&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top;text-align:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Theme type&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background:#eee&amp;quot;|Overwrites&lt;br /&gt;
!Display&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;background:#eee&amp;quot;|Setting type&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|Site&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#eee&amp;quot;| - &lt;br /&gt;
|all pages*&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#eee&amp;quot;|saved in theme profile&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#eee&amp;quot;|Site theme&lt;br /&gt;
|all pages*&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#eee&amp;quot;|saved in user profile&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|Course&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#eee&amp;quot;|Site, user and session themes&lt;br /&gt;
|one course&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#eee&amp;quot;|saved in course profile&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;vertical-align:top&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|Session&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#eee&amp;quot;|Site and user themes&lt;br /&gt;
|all pages*&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;background:#eee&amp;quot;|temporary until logout&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
(* except courses with the course theme set)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hide activity type crumb==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Moodle 1.9}}&lt;br /&gt;
From Moodle 1.9 onwards, the activity type (e.g. Quizzes) crumb in the navigation bar may be hidden from students or all users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Themes]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Configuración de temas]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Configuration des thèmes]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Talk:Language_editing&amp;diff=26053</id>
		<title>Talk:Language editing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Talk:Language_editing&amp;diff=26053"/>
		<updated>2007-08-18T18:35:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* Ability to edit language files in non-standard locations */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Double brackets==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It seems to me there should be a mention somewhere of why sometimes you might see double brackets &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[like this]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;, but I&#039;m not quite sure what the most appropriate place might be.--[[User:Hatshepsut|Hatshepsut]] 10:48, 9 February 2006 (WST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Yes, you&#039;re right. The information could also be added to [[Administration FAQ]]. --[[User:Helen Foster|Helen Foster]] 17:10, 6 July 2006 (WST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ability to edit language files in non-standard locations==&lt;br /&gt;
TODO: Ability to edit language files in non-standard locations...&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, that would be nice, since more and more 3rd-party modules carry their own language files in their folders, and the translation system does not yet apply to them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Joseph Rézeau|Joseph Rézeau]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Correct paths?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;#  From Moodle 1.9 onwards, only users with the capability moodle/site:langeditmaster may modify the master language packages (i.e. those being saved in moodledata/lang/). It is prevented from all roles by default. It is expected that only language maintainers will manually allow this to themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
# From Moodle 1.9 onwards, only users with the capability moodle/site:langeditlocal may customize the site translation (i.e. files being saved in moodledata/lang_local/).&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve just tried this out on a test 1.9 install. Should the reference to &amp;quot;moodledata/lang&amp;quot; be &amp;quot;moodle/lang&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User: Ray Lawrence| Ray Lawrence]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Windows_installation_using_XAMPP&amp;diff=25929</id>
		<title>Windows installation using XAMPP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Windows_installation_using_XAMPP&amp;diff=25929"/>
		<updated>2007-08-14T20:49:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* Create the database */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;XAMPP is built for tests or perhaps for a small company using it on an internal network.  It is not meant for online access via the web on a production server.  This page describes some of the ways to customize XAMPP.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: This guide uses XAMPP 1.5.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this guide to installing Moodle on a computer using the Windows XP operating system there are a series of steps you will need to take which are explained step-by-step below. In overview the process is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first steps are to obtain the Moodle files themselves and the [[Common_acronyms#N_to_Z|XAMPP]] software package which installs the environment (PHP, Apache and MySql) Moodle requires to run on you computer. When these have been downloaded you will need to install XAMPP on you computer in much the same way as any other Windows program. The steps detail a recommended change to one of the installed components before explaining how to launch XAMPP and create the database required by Moodle (the database you create will be referred to later when installing Moodle).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having set up the environment you must then place the Moodle files downloaded earlier into the correct location so that they can be accessed for the purposes of initiating the installation process (now) and later to run Moodle. (The installation and use of Moodle is conducted entirely from you web browser e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note: These guidelines are not intended for the [[Complete install packages]] from Downloads at Moodle.org - although the troubleshooting part may help if you encounter problems.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Preparation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Get Moodle!===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Download the version of Moodle you wish to install from [http://download.moodle.org/ Moodle.org]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: 14a.gif]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Get XAMPP!===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Download XAMPP for Windows from [http://www.apachefriends.org/en/xampp.html Apachefriends.org]. This example assumes that you have downloaded the “Installer” package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allow yourself some time===&lt;br /&gt;
*Say 45 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installing XAMPP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Run the installer, eventually you will be presented with an option about where to install the package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp2.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this example we are installing the package at c:\apachefriends\151 – that’s because it suits what our needs, you can choose you own location by specifying any suitable alternative folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Continue with the installation, this will take a while!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp3.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Eventually you will be presented with the option to install Apache, MySQL, Filezilla as a service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp4.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It’s probably best to choose “No” for now. You can always enable these as services later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Next you’ll be asked if you want to start the XAMPP Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp5.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “No” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch XAMPP Control Panel ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On your Desktop, locate the XAMPP icon and double click to launch the Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When the XAMPP Control Panel has launched, click the “Start” buttons for Apache and MySQL. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp6.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If all is well you will see something like this.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If Apache fails to run i.e. the &amp;quot;Running&amp;quot; text with the green background keeps disappearing) and you are using Skype - please review &amp;quot;Troubleshooting&amp;quot; at the end of these instructions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp31.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create the database==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a database for your Moodle “site” we will use the phpMyAdmin utility included with XAMPP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To access this launch the web browser of your choice (Firefox is used in this example), type http://localhost in the address bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp8.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The XAMPP default page is displayed, click the link for your preferred language – we will be using English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp9.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*From the menu on the left, click on “phpMyAdmin”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp10.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When phpMy Admin has launched in your browser window, enter the name of your database in the “Create new database” field. In this example we are naming our database “moodle153”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp11.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* From the &amp;quot;Collation&amp;quot; drop down list select &amp;quot;utf8_unicode_ci&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Create” button to create the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp12.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new database should be present in the dropdown list when the page has refreshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp13.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Extract the downloaded Moodle files to the correct location.==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Locate the file downloaded from Moodle.org and either copy or cut the file to the Windows clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the XAMPP Control Panel and click on the “Explore” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp15.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A Windows Explorer view similar to the one below will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp16.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the “htdocs” folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp17.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp18.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Paste the file cut/copied earlier into this folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Extract the Moodle files from the file downloaded earlier. A default folder named “moodle” is created with the Moodle files within.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp19.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Start the installation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In your web browser, type the path to the folder containing the Moodle files in te address bar – in this example it’s &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://localhost/moodle&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp23.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The initial install page is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp24.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Choose your preferred language (English is used in this example) and click the “Next” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A diagnostic report is displayed – hopefully it will look like this, if not you may need to address some issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp25.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The paths for your Moodle installation are shown – accept these or amend as desired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp26.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this screen we enter the database settings. The fields are populated with some suggested values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp27.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this example the database created is “moodle153”. The “root” user will be used without a password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*DO NOT USE THE “ROOT” USER WITHOUT A PASSWORD FOR PRODUCTION INSTALLATIONS AS THIS CREATES A SECURITY VULNERABILITY&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp28.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When the fields have been populated, click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Provided the Moodle folder is writable a message confirming the configuration has been completed will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp29.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “ Continue” button to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Moodle copyright / licence notices are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp30.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Yes” button to continue, then follow the instructions on the following screens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Troubleshooting==&lt;br /&gt;
===Skype===&lt;br /&gt;
*If XAMPP does not work when you launch your browser and you have [http://www.skype.com Skype] enabled it may be necessary to change the port settings in Skype.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Locate &amp;quot;Options...&amp;quot; in Skype.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Locate the &amp;quot;Connection&amp;quot; options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype2.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove the tick / check from the Checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype3.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the &amp;quot;Save&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You may need to re-start your computer for this to take effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Still having problems but do not have Skype installed?===&lt;br /&gt;
* Check for another program which may be using port 80. IIS is commonly found to be the culprit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Moodle Networking does not work====&lt;br /&gt;
You may need to enable curl. Instructions at this link [http://www.tildemark.com/programming/php/enable-curl-with-xampp-on-windows-xp.html Enable curl in XAMPP on XP]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
*Return to [[Windows installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Installing AMP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Administrator]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Installation]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Capabilities/mod/forum:viewqandawithoutposting&amp;diff=25079</id>
		<title>Capabilities/mod/forum:viewqandawithoutposting</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Capabilities/mod/forum:viewqandawithoutposting&amp;diff=25079"/>
		<updated>2007-07-15T11:58:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*This allows a user to view Q and A forum posts without first posting&lt;br /&gt;
(By default a Q and A forum requires students to post once before viewing other students&#039; postings. After the initial posting, students can view and respond to others&#039; postings. This feature allows equal initial posting opportunity among all students, thus encouraging original and independent thinking.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It generally takes students 10 seconds to work out that if they post an answer they can see the other replies and that if they delete their initial reply they are reverted to the &amp;quot;first post status&amp;quot;. Options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Monitor the forum activity for deletions&lt;br /&gt;
* Override the capability of students to be able to delete their own posts ;-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Capabilities|Forum]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Forum]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Developer_conference_April_2007&amp;diff=22717</id>
		<title>Developer conference April 2007</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Developer_conference_April_2007&amp;diff=22717"/>
		<updated>2007-04-26T00:28:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* Moodle 1.8 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Developer conferences]] &amp;gt; April 2007 conference notes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The conference time was at 11am GMT, Friday 20th April.  We had 32 participants and we covered everything in just over two hours!   I think most people got something useful out of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.8==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some things that need to be taken into account for all new development:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Accessibility|Accessibility Compliance]] and XHTML Strict 1.0&lt;br /&gt;
:These two are closely related. Accessibility is important so that as many people as possible can participate in Moodle courses, and also because there are now legislative requriements in many coutries. Ensuring that your pages validate as XHTML1.0 Strict is a very good start, and all new code in Moodle should validate. Martin D recommended two firefox plugins that are a big help are [https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/addon/1843 Firebug] and [https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/addon/249 HTML Validator]. Nick F recommended the [https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/addon/402 Fangs screenreader emulator].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:lib/formslib.php|Forms Library]]&lt;br /&gt;
:Also part of the accessibility work, but also makes forms easier for developers to create, and more consistent and usable for users (thanks to Jamie Pratt). All new forms in Moodle should use forms lib.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tim H asked whether the 2 month delay in releasing Moodle 1.8 was to be expected with future releases. Martin D replied that he hoped not, and that the delay was due to the time taken to implement accessibility improvements and to ensure that 1.8 was a very strong release.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.9==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Events]]&lt;br /&gt;
:This is the biggest new architectural feature planned for 1.9. It is a way to allow different parts of Moodle to communicate with each other, without becoming too closely coupled. Martin L commented that the Events API was cool. He added that they had had some discussion at Catalyst based on their experience of events-driven Elg and advised that events should be queue-able and that the code needed to cope with events being lost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Grades]]&lt;br /&gt;
:The big new user-visible feature planned for 1.9 - a centralised gradebook. The first use of the Events architecture. Please see the discussion [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=69223 Gradebook for 1.9 - your input wanted]. Jenny G asked whether the gradebook could be used to track progress through a course (read resources etc). Martin D replied explaining that there will be an overall grade for a course and a course setting for course completed which could be based in resources visited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dfwiki|Nwiki]]&lt;br /&gt;
:More development has been done improving the API, using forms lib etc. to make the code match Moodle coding standards. Ludo said that he was looking for a decision regarding whether Nwiki will be added to the core code. Martin D answered that the database upgrade is big and scary, so when we do it, we must be sure the new database structure is right, and will not need significant changes for a long time afterwards. He requested for more developers to download Nwiki from contrib and try it and suggested that once Nwiki is XHTML strict, to have a discussion in the general developer forum. (Later, Ludo suggested talking about it in [[NWiki roadmap]].) Martin D pointed out that there is another wiki - the OU wiki written by Sam Marshall which is very simple and very well written but doesn&#039;t migrate from the old wiki. He said that we need to decide together what to go for and what we can support/build on. Pablo Casadro pointed out that Nwiki is compliant with OKI http://www.okiproject.org/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.dimdim.com/ DimDim]&lt;br /&gt;
:Online voice-conferencing software with a Flash interface, a bit like Elluminate, which we used for the meeting, but this one is open source. Currently beta quality, but already Moodle integration - the DimDim module (modified Chat module) - exists. It may be tried at http://test.moodle.com. (We nearly used it for the meeting, but it was not quite stable enough.) It has screen sharing, upload pdf, share audio, and is developing rapidly, so watch this space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Plan to Improve Flexibility of Question Category Sharing and Permissions|Question sharing / permissions changes]]&lt;br /&gt;
:Jamie P described his plans. Please see the discussions [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=67006#p301658 Plan for the conversion of the question bank into an activity module]) and [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=63728#p301732 student question creation module].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Moodle 1.9 release plans===&lt;br /&gt;
We are aiming for a beta release at the end of May. That means all work on new features must be finished by then. Then about a month&#039;s bug fixing will hopefully be enough, and we can release mid July. All developers, please try to stick to the end of May deadline. (Note for the future: Moodle 2.0 will definitely require PHP 5.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other items of interest==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Student_projects|Google Summer of Code projects]]&lt;br /&gt;
:Martin D welcomed the 10 SoC students to Moodle development, and briefly went through the wide range of projects that are planned. &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=69643 OU wiki]&lt;br /&gt;
:Just a simple wiki, not designed to replace the core Moodle one, but should be available as a contrib module in a couple of months, for anyone who is interested.&lt;br /&gt;
* OU offline Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
:Project that OU (In particular Chris) is doing with Intel. Not clear how useful it is, but an interesting idea. Expect a forum post in the next few days.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.openqa.org/selenium/ Selenium] testing&lt;br /&gt;
:Al (OU) is working on a way of using Selenum to test Moodle. Focussing on the quiz at first. Expect a forum post in the next week or so.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Open_protocol_for_accessing_question_engines|Opaque]]&lt;br /&gt;
:Tim is working on this, and has just got it working with OpenMark. A way of linking questions from other systems such as the OU&#039;s [http://www.open.ac.uk/openmarkexamples/ OpenMark] or Chris Sangwin&#039;s [http://www.stack.bham.ac.uk/ STACK] into Moodle. It  will be a contrib question type.&lt;br /&gt;
* The OU&#039;s Open Content Initiative - http://openlearn.open.ac.uk/ - has won a platinum award, the top honour, at the IMS Global Learning Consortium Learning Impact Awards 2007. Well done Jenny G!&lt;br /&gt;
* AJAX course format&lt;br /&gt;
:The AJAX course format works, though not in all browsers. Martin D asked for any volunteers to be a Moodle JavaScript guru.&lt;br /&gt;
*TinyMCE&lt;br /&gt;
:Martin D asked for any volunteers to look into replacing the current HTML editor with TinyMCE. Please see the discussion [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=69177 tinymce editor with iManager image plugin for moodle 1.6].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Developer]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=CVS_for_Administrators&amp;diff=22135</id>
		<title>CVS for Administrators</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=CVS_for_Administrators&amp;diff=22135"/>
		<updated>2007-04-08T15:45:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* From a Windows computer */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The [http://moodle.cvs.sourceforge.net/moodle/moodle/ CVS archive] contains all the source code for Moodle. You can use a CVS program to extract versions ranging from the most stable release to the most cutting-edge development version. CVS can be an extremely convenient way of maintaining a Moodle server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cvstree.png|CVS tree]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Developers may have selective write access to the Moodle CVS archive using their Sourceforge username and password (see [[CVS for Developers]] for details about how to do this). However, most people only need read-only access, so they can just connect anonymously as described below. There can however currently be a delay of up to 5 hours between the time a developer commits changes to developer CVS and the time it becomes available on anonymous CVS. The CVS date found on the /admin page is updated manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===From a Unix computer===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To connect and login for the first time to the CVS server, you can use this command:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 cvs -d:pserver:anonymous@moodle.cvs.sourceforge.net:/cvsroot/moodle login&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no password - when asked for one, just hit Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To checkout (download) the entire Moodle code for the first time, use this command to get the latest STABLE version:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 cvs -z3 -d:pserver:anonymous@moodle.cvs.sourceforge.net:/cvsroot/moodle co -r MOODLE_18_STABLE moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or the latest development version:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 cvs -z3 -d:pserver:anonymous@moodle.cvs.sourceforge.net:/cvsroot/moodle co moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or the modules in Contrib&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 cvs -z3 -d:pserver:anonymous@moodle.cvs.sourceforge.net:/cvsroot/moodle co contrib&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, to update your local copy of Moodle to the current version in CVS you just need to go into your local Moodle directory and type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 cvs update -dP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To update your local copy of Moodle to a new version (e.g. from 1.7+ to 1.8), go into your local Moodle directory and type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 cvs update -dP -r MOODLE_18_STABLE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===From a Windows computer===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get started with a fresh copy of Moodle, follow the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Get TortoiseCVS from [http://www.tortoisecvs.org/ tortoisecvs.org] and install it, then reboot.&lt;br /&gt;
# Find or create a new folder somewhere where you want Moodle to be downloaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
# Right-mouse-click that folder and choose &amp;quot;CVS Checkout&amp;quot; from the menu. You should see a dialog box. [[Image:CVS moodle settings for tortoise CVS.jpg|thumb|Tortoise CVS Screen capture]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Copy this text into the CVSROOT field: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;:pserver:anonymous@moodle.cvs.sourceforge.net:/cvsroot/moodle&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Under the &amp;quot;Module&amp;quot; field, type &amp;quot;moodle&amp;quot; to get moodle. (Other options here include&amp;quot;contrib&amp;quot; to get the contrib directory of hacks and addons, or &amp;quot;mysql&amp;quot; to get the optional MySQL Admin module).&lt;br /&gt;
#* For the latest STABLE version, click on the &amp;quot;Revision&amp;quot; tab and then check the radio button labelled &amp;quot;Choose branch or tag&amp;quot;. From the drop-down menu select MOODLE_18_STABLE.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you don&#039;t see the very latest version in the long drop-down list under Branch or tag name, click the Update List button next to it and wait for the list to be updated.&lt;br /&gt;
#* For the latest UNSTABLE development version, the radio-button &amp;quot;Use HEAD branch&amp;quot; in the Revision tab should be checked.&lt;br /&gt;
# Press the button: &amp;quot;OK&amp;quot; and everything should be downloaded. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, to update your local copy of Moodle to the current version in CVS, just right-mouse-click the folder and choose &amp;quot;CVS Update&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the enclosing moodle folder is self-contained - you can move it anywhere you like or even rename it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===From a Mac OS X computer===&lt;br /&gt;
You will find some information about CVS and Mac OS X  in the documentation for the complete installation package Moodle4Mac. Please read [[Complete_Install_Packages_for_Mac_OS_X#How_To_Update_Your_Moodle4Mac | How To Update Your Moodle4Mac]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=26731&amp;amp;parent=125858 Using cvs] forum posting&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Setting up Eclipse]] for step by step instructions for setting up the [http://www.eclipse.org/ Eclipse IDE] for Moodle development, which including how to do the necessary CVS operations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Administrator]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Windows_installation_using_XAMPP&amp;diff=20840</id>
		<title>Windows installation using XAMPP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Windows_installation_using_XAMPP&amp;diff=20840"/>
		<updated>2007-02-27T15:27:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* Change PHP version */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*Return to [[Windows installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Windows installation using XAMPP ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: This guide uses XAMPP 1.5.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this guide to installing Moodle on a computer using the Windows XP operating system there are a series of steps you will need to take which are explained step-by-step below. In overview the process is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first steps are to obtain the Moodle files themselves and the software package (XAMPP) which installs the environment (PHP, Apache and MySql) Moodle requires to run on you computer. When these have been downloaded you will need to install XAMPP on you computer in much the same way as any other Windows program. The steps detail a recommended change to one of the installed components before explaining how to launch XAMPP and create the database required by Moodle (the database you create will be referred to later when installing Moodle).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having set up the environment you must then place the Moodle files downloaded earlier into the correct location so that they can be accessed for the purposes of initiating the installation process (now) and later to run Moodle. (The installation and use of Moodle is conducted entirely from you web browser e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note: These guidelines are not intended for the Complete Install Package from Downloads at Moodle.org - although the troubleshooting part may help if you encounter problems.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Preparation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Get Moodle!====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Download the version of Moodle you wish to install from [http://download.moodle.org/ Moodle.org]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: 14a.gif]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Get XAMPP!====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Download XAMPP for Windows from [http://www.apachefriends.org/en/xampp.html Apachefriends.org]. This example assumes that you have downloaded the “Installer” package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Allow yourself some time====&lt;br /&gt;
*Say 45 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installing XAMPP===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Run the installer, eventually you will be presented with an option about where to install the package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp2.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this example we are installing the package at c:\apachefriends\151 – that’s because it suits what our needs, you can choose you own location by specifying any suitable alternative folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Continue with the installation, this will take a while!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp3.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Eventually you will be presented with the option to install Apache, MySQL, Filezilla as a service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp4.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It’s probably best to choose “No” for now. You can always enable these as services later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Next you’ll be asked if you want to start the XAMPP Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp5.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “No” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch XAMPP Control Panel ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On your Desktop, locate the XAMPP icon and double click to launch the Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When the XAMPP Control Panel has launched, click the “Start” buttons for Apache and MySQL. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp6.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If all is well you will see something like this.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If Apache fails to run i.e. the &amp;quot;Running&amp;quot; text with the green background keeps disappearing) and you are using Skype - please review &amp;quot;Troubleshooting&amp;quot; at the end of these instructions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp31.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Create the database===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a database for your Moodle “site” we will use the phpMyAdmin utility included with XAMPP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To access this launch the web browser of your choice (Firefox is used in this example), type http://localhost in the address bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp8.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The XAMPP default page is displayed, click the link for your preferred language – we will be using English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp9.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*From the menu on the left, click on “phpMyAdmin”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp10.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When phpMy Admin has launched in your browser window, enter the name of your database in the “Create new database” field. In this example we are naming our database “moodle153”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp11.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Create” button to create the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp12.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new database should be present in the dropdown list when the page has refreshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp13.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extract the downloaded Moodle files to the correct location.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Locate the file downloaded from Moodle.org and either copy or cut the file to the Windows clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the XAMPP Control Panel and click on the “Explore” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp15.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A Windows Explorer view similar to the one below will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp16.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the “htdocs” folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp17.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp18.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Paste the file cut/copied earlier into this folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Extract the Moodle files from the file downloaded earlier. A default folder named “moodle” is created with the Moodle files within.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp19.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Start the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In your web browser, type the path to the folder containing the Moodle files in te address bar – in this example it’s &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://localhost/moodle&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp23.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The initial install page is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp24.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Choose your preferred language (English is used in this example) and click the “Next” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A diagnostic report is displayed – hopefully it will look like this, if not you may need to address some issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp25.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The paths for your Moodle installation are shown – accept these or amend as desired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp26.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this screen we enter the database settings. The fields are populated with some suggested values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp27.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this example the database created is “moodle153”. The “root” user will be used without a password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*DO NOT USE THE “ROOT” USER WITHOUT A PASSWORD FOR PRODUCTION INSTALLATIONS AS THIS CREATES A SECURITY VULNERABILITY&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp28.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When the fields have been populated, click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Provided the Moodle folder is writable a message confirming the configuration has been completed will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp29.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “ Continue” button to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Moodle copyright / licence notices are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp30.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Yes” button to continue, then follow the instructions on the following screens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Troubleshooting===&lt;br /&gt;
====Skype====&lt;br /&gt;
*If XAMPP does not work when you launch your browser and you have [http://www.skype.com Skype] enabled it may be necessary to change the port settings in Skype.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Locate &amp;quot;Options...&amp;quot; in Skype.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Locate the &amp;quot;Connection&amp;quot; options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype2.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove the tick / check from the Checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype3.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the &amp;quot;Save&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You may need to re-start your computer for this to take effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Still having problems but do not have Skype installed?====&lt;br /&gt;
* Check for another program which may be using port 80. IIS is commonly found to be the culprit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Moodle Networking does not work====&lt;br /&gt;
You may need to enable curl. Instructions at this link [http://www.tildemark.com/programming/php/enable-curl-with-xampp-on-windows-xp.html Enable curl in XAMPP on XP]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Administrator]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Installation]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Windows_installation_using_XAMPP&amp;diff=20839</id>
		<title>Windows installation using XAMPP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Windows_installation_using_XAMPP&amp;diff=20839"/>
		<updated>2007-02-27T15:26:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* Troubleshooting */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*Return to [[Windows installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Windows installation using XAMPP ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: This guide uses XAMPP 1.5.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this guide to installing Moodle on a computer using the Windows XP operating system there are a series of steps you will need to take which are explained step-by-step below. In overview the process is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first steps are to obtain the Moodle files themselves and the software package (XAMPP) which installs the environment (PHP, Apache and MySql) Moodle requires to run on you computer. When these have been downloaded you will need to install XAMPP on you computer in much the same way as any other Windows program. The steps detail a recommended change to one of the installed components before explaining how to launch XAMPP and create the database required by Moodle (the database you create will be referred to later when installing Moodle).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having set up the environment you must then place the Moodle files downloaded earlier into the correct location so that they can be accessed for the purposes of initiating the installation process (now) and later to run Moodle. (The installation and use of Moodle is conducted entirely from you web browser e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note: These guidelines are not intended for the Complete Install Package from Downloads at Moodle.org - although the troubleshooting part may help if you encounter problems.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Preparation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Get Moodle!====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Download the version of Moodle you wish to install from [http://download.moodle.org/ Moodle.org]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: 14a.gif]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Get XAMPP!====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Download XAMPP for Windows from [http://www.apachefriends.org/en/xampp.html Apachefriends.org]. This example assumes that you have downloaded the “Installer” package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Allow yourself some time====&lt;br /&gt;
*Say 45 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installing XAMPP===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Run the installer, eventually you will be presented with an option about where to install the package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp2.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this example we are installing the package at c:\apachefriends\151 – that’s because it suits what our needs, you can choose you own location by specifying any suitable alternative folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Continue with the installation, this will take a while!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp3.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Eventually you will be presented with the option to install Apache, MySQL, Filezilla as a service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp4.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It’s probably best to choose “No” for now. You can always enable these as services later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Next you’ll be asked if you want to start the XAMPP Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp5.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “No” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change PHP version===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It&#039;s often a good idea to switch to PHP version 4.x before installing Moodle to lessen the chances of any incompatibilities with more recent versions. Currently Moodle requires PHP version 4.3 (or higher).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To roll back to an earlier version of PHP as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*From the “Start” menu locate the program group for apachefriends &amp;gt; xampp&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp20.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select “php switch”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp21.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Follow the instructions in the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp22.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch XAMPP Control Panel ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On your Desktop, locate the XAMPP icon and double click to launch the Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When the XAMPP Control Panel has launched, click the “Start” buttons for Apache and MySQL. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp6.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If all is well you will see something like this.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If Apache fails to run i.e. the &amp;quot;Running&amp;quot; text with the green background keeps disappearing) and you are using Skype - please review &amp;quot;Troubleshooting&amp;quot; at the end of these instructions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp31.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Create the database===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a database for your Moodle “site” we will use the phpMyAdmin utility included with XAMPP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To access this launch the web browser of your choice (Firefox is used in this example), type http://localhost in the address bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp8.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The XAMPP default page is displayed, click the link for your preferred language – we will be using English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp9.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*From the menu on the left, click on “phpMyAdmin”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp10.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When phpMy Admin has launched in your browser window, enter the name of your database in the “Create new database” field. In this example we are naming our database “moodle153”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp11.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Create” button to create the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp12.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new database should be present in the dropdown list when the page has refreshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp13.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extract the downloaded Moodle files to the correct location.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Locate the file downloaded from Moodle.org and either copy or cut the file to the Windows clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the XAMPP Control Panel and click on the “Explore” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp15.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A Windows Explorer view similar to the one below will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp16.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the “htdocs” folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp17.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp18.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Paste the file cut/copied earlier into this folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Extract the Moodle files from the file downloaded earlier. A default folder named “moodle” is created with the Moodle files within.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp19.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Start the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In your web browser, type the path to the folder containing the Moodle files in te address bar – in this example it’s &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://localhost/moodle&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp23.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The initial install page is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp24.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Choose your preferred language (English is used in this example) and click the “Next” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A diagnostic report is displayed – hopefully it will look like this, if not you may need to address some issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp25.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The paths for your Moodle installation are shown – accept these or amend as desired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp26.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this screen we enter the database settings. The fields are populated with some suggested values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp27.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this example the database created is “moodle153”. The “root” user will be used without a password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*DO NOT USE THE “ROOT” USER WITHOUT A PASSWORD FOR PRODUCTION INSTALLATIONS AS THIS CREATES A SECURITY VULNERABILITY&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp28.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When the fields have been populated, click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Provided the Moodle folder is writable a message confirming the configuration has been completed will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp29.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “ Continue” button to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Moodle copyright / licence notices are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp30.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Yes” button to continue, then follow the instructions on the following screens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Troubleshooting===&lt;br /&gt;
====Skype====&lt;br /&gt;
*If XAMPP does not work when you launch your browser and you have [http://www.skype.com Skype] enabled it may be necessary to change the port settings in Skype.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Locate &amp;quot;Options...&amp;quot; in Skype.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Locate the &amp;quot;Connection&amp;quot; options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype2.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove the tick / check from the Checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype3.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the &amp;quot;Save&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You may need to re-start your computer for this to take effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Still having problems but do not have Skype installed?====&lt;br /&gt;
* Check for another program which may be using port 80. IIS is commonly found to be the culprit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Moodle Networking does not work====&lt;br /&gt;
You may need to enable curl. Instructions at this link [http://www.tildemark.com/programming/php/enable-curl-with-xampp-on-windows-xp.html Enable curl in XAMPP on XP]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Administrator]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Installation]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Windows_installation_using_XAMPP&amp;diff=20838</id>
		<title>Windows installation using XAMPP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Windows_installation_using_XAMPP&amp;diff=20838"/>
		<updated>2007-02-27T15:25:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* Moodle Networking does not work */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*Return to [[Windows installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Windows installation using XAMPP ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: This guide uses XAMPP 1.5.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this guide to installing Moodle on a computer using the Windows XP operating system there are a series of steps you will need to take which are explained step-by-step below. In overview the process is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first steps are to obtain the Moodle files themselves and the software package (XAMPP) which installs the environment (PHP, Apache and MySql) Moodle requires to run on you computer. When these have been downloaded you will need to install XAMPP on you computer in much the same way as any other Windows program. The steps detail a recommended change to one of the installed components before explaining how to launch XAMPP and create the database required by Moodle (the database you create will be referred to later when installing Moodle).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having set up the environment you must then place the Moodle files downloaded earlier into the correct location so that they can be accessed for the purposes of initiating the installation process (now) and later to run Moodle. (The installation and use of Moodle is conducted entirely from you web browser e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note: These guidelines are not intended for the Complete Install Package from Downloads at Moodle.org - although the troubleshooting part may help if you encounter problems.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Preparation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Get Moodle!====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Download the version of Moodle you wish to install from [http://download.moodle.org/ Moodle.org]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: 14a.gif]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Get XAMPP!====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Download XAMPP for Windows from [http://www.apachefriends.org/en/xampp.html Apachefriends.org]. This example assumes that you have downloaded the “Installer” package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Allow yourself some time====&lt;br /&gt;
*Say 45 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installing XAMPP===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Run the installer, eventually you will be presented with an option about where to install the package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp2.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this example we are installing the package at c:\apachefriends\151 – that’s because it suits what our needs, you can choose you own location by specifying any suitable alternative folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Continue with the installation, this will take a while!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp3.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Eventually you will be presented with the option to install Apache, MySQL, Filezilla as a service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp4.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It’s probably best to choose “No” for now. You can always enable these as services later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Next you’ll be asked if you want to start the XAMPP Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp5.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “No” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change PHP version===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It&#039;s often a good idea to switch to PHP version 4.x before installing Moodle to lessen the chances of any incompatibilities with more recent versions. Currently Moodle requires PHP version 4.3 (or higher).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To roll back to an earlier version of PHP as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*From the “Start” menu locate the program group for apachefriends &amp;gt; xampp&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp20.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select “php switch”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp21.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Follow the instructions in the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp22.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch XAMPP Control Panel ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On your Desktop, locate the XAMPP icon and double click to launch the Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When the XAMPP Control Panel has launched, click the “Start” buttons for Apache and MySQL. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp6.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If all is well you will see something like this.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If Apache fails to run i.e. the &amp;quot;Running&amp;quot; text with the green background keeps disappearing) and you are using Skype - please review &amp;quot;Troubleshooting&amp;quot; at the end of these instructions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp31.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Create the database===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a database for your Moodle “site” we will use the phpMyAdmin utility included with XAMPP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To access this launch the web browser of your choice (Firefox is used in this example), type http://localhost in the address bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp8.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The XAMPP default page is displayed, click the link for your preferred language – we will be using English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp9.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*From the menu on the left, click on “phpMyAdmin”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp10.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When phpMy Admin has launched in your browser window, enter the name of your database in the “Create new database” field. In this example we are naming our database “moodle153”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp11.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Create” button to create the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp12.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new database should be present in the dropdown list when the page has refreshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp13.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extract the downloaded Moodle files to the correct location.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Locate the file downloaded from Moodle.org and either copy or cut the file to the Windows clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the XAMPP Control Panel and click on the “Explore” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp15.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A Windows Explorer view similar to the one below will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp16.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the “htdocs” folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp17.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp18.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Paste the file cut/copied earlier into this folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Extract the Moodle files from the file downloaded earlier. A default folder named “moodle” is created with the Moodle files within.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp19.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Start the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In your web browser, type the path to the folder containing the Moodle files in te address bar – in this example it’s &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://localhost/moodle&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp23.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The initial install page is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp24.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Choose your preferred language (English is used in this example) and click the “Next” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A diagnostic report is displayed – hopefully it will look like this, if not you may need to address some issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp25.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The paths for your Moodle installation are shown – accept these or amend as desired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp26.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this screen we enter the database settings. The fields are populated with some suggested values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp27.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this example the database created is “moodle153”. The “root” user will be used without a password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*DO NOT USE THE “ROOT” USER WITHOUT A PASSWORD FOR PRODUCTION INSTALLATIONS AS THIS CREATES A SECURITY VULNERABILITY&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp28.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When the fields have been populated, click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Provided the Moodle folder is writable a message confirming the configuration has been completed will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp29.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “ Continue” button to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Moodle copyright / licence notices are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp30.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Yes” button to continue, then follow the instructions on the following screens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Troubleshooting===&lt;br /&gt;
====Skype====&lt;br /&gt;
*If XAMPP does not work when you launch your browser and you have [http://www.skype.com Skype] enabled it may be necessary to change the port settings in Skype.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Locate &amp;quot;Options...&amp;quot; in Skype.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Locate the &amp;quot;Connection&amp;quot; options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype2.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove the tick / check from the Checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype3.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the &amp;quot;Save&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You may need to re-start your computer for this to take effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Still having problems but do not have Skype installed?====&lt;br /&gt;
* Check for another program which may be using port 80. IIS is commonly found to be the culprit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Administrator]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Installation]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Windows_installation_using_XAMPP&amp;diff=20836</id>
		<title>Windows installation using XAMPP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Windows_installation_using_XAMPP&amp;diff=20836"/>
		<updated>2007-02-27T15:25:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* Skype */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*Return to [[Windows installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Windows installation using XAMPP ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: This guide uses XAMPP 1.5.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this guide to installing Moodle on a computer using the Windows XP operating system there are a series of steps you will need to take which are explained step-by-step below. In overview the process is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first steps are to obtain the Moodle files themselves and the software package (XAMPP) which installs the environment (PHP, Apache and MySql) Moodle requires to run on you computer. When these have been downloaded you will need to install XAMPP on you computer in much the same way as any other Windows program. The steps detail a recommended change to one of the installed components before explaining how to launch XAMPP and create the database required by Moodle (the database you create will be referred to later when installing Moodle).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having set up the environment you must then place the Moodle files downloaded earlier into the correct location so that they can be accessed for the purposes of initiating the installation process (now) and later to run Moodle. (The installation and use of Moodle is conducted entirely from you web browser e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note: These guidelines are not intended for the Complete Install Package from Downloads at Moodle.org - although the troubleshooting part may help if you encounter problems.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Preparation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Get Moodle!====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Download the version of Moodle you wish to install from [http://download.moodle.org/ Moodle.org]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: 14a.gif]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Get XAMPP!====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Download XAMPP for Windows from [http://www.apachefriends.org/en/xampp.html Apachefriends.org]. This example assumes that you have downloaded the “Installer” package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Allow yourself some time====&lt;br /&gt;
*Say 45 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installing XAMPP===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Run the installer, eventually you will be presented with an option about where to install the package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp2.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this example we are installing the package at c:\apachefriends\151 – that’s because it suits what our needs, you can choose you own location by specifying any suitable alternative folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Continue with the installation, this will take a while!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp3.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Eventually you will be presented with the option to install Apache, MySQL, Filezilla as a service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp4.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It’s probably best to choose “No” for now. You can always enable these as services later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Next you’ll be asked if you want to start the XAMPP Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp5.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “No” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change PHP version===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It&#039;s often a good idea to switch to PHP version 4.x before installing Moodle to lessen the chances of any incompatibilities with more recent versions. Currently Moodle requires PHP version 4.3 (or higher).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To roll back to an earlier version of PHP as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*From the “Start” menu locate the program group for apachefriends &amp;gt; xampp&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp20.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select “php switch”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp21.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Follow the instructions in the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp22.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch XAMPP Control Panel ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On your Desktop, locate the XAMPP icon and double click to launch the Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When the XAMPP Control Panel has launched, click the “Start” buttons for Apache and MySQL. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp6.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If all is well you will see something like this.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If Apache fails to run i.e. the &amp;quot;Running&amp;quot; text with the green background keeps disappearing) and you are using Skype - please review &amp;quot;Troubleshooting&amp;quot; at the end of these instructions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp31.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Create the database===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a database for your Moodle “site” we will use the phpMyAdmin utility included with XAMPP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To access this launch the web browser of your choice (Firefox is used in this example), type http://localhost in the address bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp8.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The XAMPP default page is displayed, click the link for your preferred language – we will be using English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp9.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*From the menu on the left, click on “phpMyAdmin”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp10.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When phpMy Admin has launched in your browser window, enter the name of your database in the “Create new database” field. In this example we are naming our database “moodle153”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp11.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Create” button to create the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp12.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new database should be present in the dropdown list when the page has refreshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp13.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extract the downloaded Moodle files to the correct location.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Locate the file downloaded from Moodle.org and either copy or cut the file to the Windows clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the XAMPP Control Panel and click on the “Explore” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp15.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A Windows Explorer view similar to the one below will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp16.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the “htdocs” folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp17.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp18.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Paste the file cut/copied earlier into this folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Extract the Moodle files from the file downloaded earlier. A default folder named “moodle” is created with the Moodle files within.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp19.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Start the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In your web browser, type the path to the folder containing the Moodle files in te address bar – in this example it’s &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://localhost/moodle&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp23.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The initial install page is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp24.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Choose your preferred language (English is used in this example) and click the “Next” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A diagnostic report is displayed – hopefully it will look like this, if not you may need to address some issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp25.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The paths for your Moodle installation are shown – accept these or amend as desired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp26.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this screen we enter the database settings. The fields are populated with some suggested values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp27.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this example the database created is “moodle153”. The “root” user will be used without a password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*DO NOT USE THE “ROOT” USER WITHOUT A PASSWORD FOR PRODUCTION INSTALLATIONS AS THIS CREATES A SECURITY VULNERABILITY&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp28.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When the fields have been populated, click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Provided the Moodle folder is writable a message confirming the configuration has been completed will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp29.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “ Continue” button to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Moodle copyright / licence notices are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp30.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Yes” button to continue, then follow the instructions on the following screens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Troubleshooting===&lt;br /&gt;
====Skype====&lt;br /&gt;
*If XAMPP does not work when you launch your browser and you have [http://www.skype.com Skype] enabled it may be necessary to change the port settings in Skype.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Locate &amp;quot;Options...&amp;quot; in Skype.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Locate the &amp;quot;Connection&amp;quot; options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype2.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove the tick / check from the Checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype3.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the &amp;quot;Save&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You may need to re-start your computer for this to take effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Moodle Networking does not work====&lt;br /&gt;
You may need to enable curl. Instructions at this link [http://www.tildemark.com/programming/php/enable-curl-with-xampp-on-windows-xp.html Enable curl in XAMPP on XP]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Still having problems but do not have Skype installed?====&lt;br /&gt;
* Check for another program which may be using port 80. IIS is commonly found to be the culprit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Administrator]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Installation]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Windows_installation_using_XAMPP&amp;diff=20097</id>
		<title>Windows installation using XAMPP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Windows_installation_using_XAMPP&amp;diff=20097"/>
		<updated>2007-02-09T12:56:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*Return to [[Windows installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Windows installation using XAMPP ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: This guide uses XAMPP 1.5.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this guide to installing Moodle on a computer using the Windows XP operating system there are a series of steps you will need to take which are explained step-by-step below. In overview the process is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first steps are to obtain the Moodle files themselves and the software package (XAMPP) which installs the environment (PHP, Apache and MySql) Moodle requires to run on you computer. When these have been downloaded you will need to install XAMPP on you computer in much the same way as any other Windows program. The steps detail a recommended change to one of the installed components before explaining how to launch XAMPP and create the database required by Moodle (the database you create will be referred to later when installing Moodle).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having set up the environment you must then place the Moodle files downloaded earlier into the correct location so that they can be accessed for the purposes of initiating the installation process (now) and later to run Moodle. (The installation and use of Moodle is conducted entirely from you web browser e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note: These guidelines are not intended for the Complete Install Package from Downloads at Moodle.org - although the troubleshooting part may help if you encounter problems.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Preparation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Get Moodle!====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Download the version of Moodle you wish to install from [http://download.moodle.org/ Moodle.org]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: 14a.gif]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Get XAMPP!====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Download XAMPP for Windows from [http://www.apachefriends.org/en/xampp.html Apachefriends.org]. This example assumes that you have downloaded the “Installer” package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Allow yourself some time====&lt;br /&gt;
*Say 45 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installing XAMPP===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Run the installer, eventually you will be presented with an option about where to install the package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp2.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this example we are installing the package at c:\apachefriends\151 – that’s because it suits what our needs, you can choose you own location by specifying any suitable alternative folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Continue with the installation, this will take a while!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp3.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Eventually you will be presented with the option to install Apache, MySQL, Filezilla as a service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp4.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It’s probably best to choose “No” for now. You can always enable these as services later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Next you’ll be asked if you want to start the XAMPP Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp5.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “No” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change PHP version===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It&#039;s often a good idea to switch to PHP version 4.x before installing Moodle to lessen the chances of any incompatibilities with more recent versions. Currently Moodle requires PHP version 4.3 (or higher).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To roll back to an earlier version of PHP as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*From the “Start” menu locate the program group for apachefriends &amp;gt; xampp&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp20.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select “php switch”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp21.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Follow the instructions in the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp22.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch XAMPP Control Panel ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On your Desktop, locate the XAMPP icon and double click to launch the Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When the XAMPP Control Panel has launched, click the “Start” buttons for Apache and MySQL. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp6.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If all is well you will see something like this.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If Apache fails to run i.e. the &amp;quot;Running&amp;quot; text with the green background keeps disappearing) and you are using Skype - please review &amp;quot;Troubleshooting&amp;quot; at the end of these instructions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp31.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Create the database===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a database for your Moodle “site” we will use the phpMyAdmin utility included with XAMPP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To access this launch the web browser of your choice (Firefox is used in this example), type http://localhost in the address bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp8.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The XAMPP default page is displayed, click the link for your preferred language – we will be using English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp9.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*From the menu on the left, click on “phpMyAdmin”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp10.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When phpMy Admin has launched in your browser window, enter the name of your database in the “Create new database” field. In this example we are naming our database “moodle153”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp11.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Create” button to create the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp12.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new database should be present in the dropdown list when the page has refreshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp13.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extract the downloaded Moodle files to the correct location.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Locate the file downloaded from Moodle.org and either copy or cut the file to the Windows clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the XAMPP Control Panel and click on the “Explore” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp15.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A Windows Explorer view similar to the one below will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp16.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the “htdocs” folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp17.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp18.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Paste the file cut/copied earlier into this folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Extract the Moodle files from the file downloaded earlier. A default folder named “moodle” is created with the Moodle files within.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp19.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Start the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In your web browser, type the path to the folder containing the Moodle files in te address bar – in this example it’s &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://localhost/moodle&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp23.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The initial install page is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp24.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Choose your preferred language (English is used in this example) and click the “Next” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A diagnostic report is displayed – hopefully it will look like this, if not you may need to address some issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp25.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The paths for your Moodle installation are shown – accept these or amend as desired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp26.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this screen we enter the database settings. The fields are populated with some suggested values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp27.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this example the database created is “moodle153”. The “root” user will be used without a password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*DO NOT USE THE “ROOT” USER WITHOUT A PASSWORD FOR PRODUCTION INSTALLATIONS AS THIS CREATES A SECURITY VULNERABILITY&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp28.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When the fields have been populated, click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Provided the Moodle folder is writable a message confirming the configuration has been completed will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp29.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “ Continue” button to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Moodle copyright / licence notices are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp30.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Yes” button to continue, then follow the instructions on the following screens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Troubleshooting===&lt;br /&gt;
====Skype====&lt;br /&gt;
*If XAMPP does not work when you launch your browser and you have [http://www.skype.com Skype] enabled it may be necessary to change the port settings in Skype.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Locate &amp;quot;Options...&amp;quot; in Skype.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Locate the &amp;quot;Connection&amp;quot; options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype2.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove the tick / check from the Checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype3.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the &amp;quot;Save&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You may need to re-start your computer for this to take effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Still having problems but do not have Skype installed?====&lt;br /&gt;
* Check for another program which may be using port 80. IIS is commonly found to be the culprit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Administrator]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Installation]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Windows_installation_using_XAMPP&amp;diff=20096</id>
		<title>Windows installation using XAMPP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Windows_installation_using_XAMPP&amp;diff=20096"/>
		<updated>2007-02-09T12:56:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*Return to [[Windows installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Windows installation using XAMPP ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not: This guide uses XAMPP 1.5.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this guide to installing Moodle on a computer using the Windows XP operating system there are a series of steps you will need to take which are explained step-by-step below. In overview the process is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first steps are to obtain the Moodle files themselves and the software package (XAMPP) which installs the environment (PHP, Apache and MySql) Moodle requires to run on you computer. When these have been downloaded you will need to install XAMPP on you computer in much the same way as any other Windows program. The steps detail a recommended change to one of the installed components before explaining how to launch XAMPP and create the database required by Moodle (the database you create will be referred to later when installing Moodle).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having set up the environment you must then place the Moodle files downloaded earlier into the correct location so that they can be accessed for the purposes of initiating the installation process (now) and later to run Moodle. (The installation and use of Moodle is conducted entirely from you web browser e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note: These guidelines are not intended for the Complete Install Package from Downloads at Moodle.org - although the troubleshooting part may help if you encounter problems.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Preparation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Get Moodle!====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Download the version of Moodle you wish to install from [http://download.moodle.org/ Moodle.org]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: 14a.gif]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Get XAMPP!====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Download XAMPP for Windows from [http://www.apachefriends.org/en/xampp.html Apachefriends.org]. This example assumes that you have downloaded the “Installer” package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Allow yourself some time====&lt;br /&gt;
*Say 45 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installing XAMPP===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Run the installer, eventually you will be presented with an option about where to install the package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp2.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this example we are installing the package at c:\apachefriends\151 – that’s because it suits what our needs, you can choose you own location by specifying any suitable alternative folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Continue with the installation, this will take a while!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp3.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Eventually you will be presented with the option to install Apache, MySQL, Filezilla as a service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp4.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It’s probably best to choose “No” for now. You can always enable these as services later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Next you’ll be asked if you want to start the XAMPP Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp5.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “No” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change PHP version===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It&#039;s often a good idea to switch to PHP version 4.x before installing Moodle to lessen the chances of any incompatibilities with more recent versions. Currently Moodle requires PHP version 4.3 (or higher).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To roll back to an earlier version of PHP as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*From the “Start” menu locate the program group for apachefriends &amp;gt; xampp&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp20.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select “php switch”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp21.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Follow the instructions in the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp22.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch XAMPP Control Panel ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On your Desktop, locate the XAMPP icon and double click to launch the Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When the XAMPP Control Panel has launched, click the “Start” buttons for Apache and MySQL. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp6.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If all is well you will see something like this.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If Apache fails to run i.e. the &amp;quot;Running&amp;quot; text with the green background keeps disappearing) and you are using Skype - please review &amp;quot;Troubleshooting&amp;quot; at the end of these instructions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp31.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Create the database===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a database for your Moodle “site” we will use the phpMyAdmin utility included with XAMPP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To access this launch the web browser of your choice (Firefox is used in this example), type http://localhost in the address bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp8.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The XAMPP default page is displayed, click the link for your preferred language – we will be using English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp9.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*From the menu on the left, click on “phpMyAdmin”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp10.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When phpMy Admin has launched in your browser window, enter the name of your database in the “Create new database” field. In this example we are naming our database “moodle153”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp11.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Create” button to create the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp12.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new database should be present in the dropdown list when the page has refreshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp13.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extract the downloaded Moodle files to the correct location.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Locate the file downloaded from Moodle.org and either copy or cut the file to the Windows clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the XAMPP Control Panel and click on the “Explore” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp15.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A Windows Explorer view similar to the one below will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp16.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the “htdocs” folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp17.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp18.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Paste the file cut/copied earlier into this folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Extract the Moodle files from the file downloaded earlier. A default folder named “moodle” is created with the Moodle files within.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp19.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Start the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In your web browser, type the path to the folder containing the Moodle files in te address bar – in this example it’s &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://localhost/moodle&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp23.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The initial install page is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp24.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Choose your preferred language (English is used in this example) and click the “Next” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A diagnostic report is displayed – hopefully it will look like this, if not you may need to address some issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp25.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The paths for your Moodle installation are shown – accept these or amend as desired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp26.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this screen we enter the database settings. The fields are populated with some suggested values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp27.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this example the database created is “moodle153”. The “root” user will be used without a password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*DO NOT USE THE “ROOT” USER WITHOUT A PASSWORD FOR PRODUCTION INSTALLATIONS AS THIS CREATES A SECURITY VULNERABILITY&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp28.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When the fields have been populated, click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Provided the Moodle folder is writable a message confirming the configuration has been completed will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp29.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “ Continue” button to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Moodle copyright / licence notices are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp30.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Yes” button to continue, then follow the instructions on the following screens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Troubleshooting===&lt;br /&gt;
====Skype====&lt;br /&gt;
*If XAMPP does not work when you launch your browser and you have [http://www.skype.com Skype] enabled it may be necessary to change the port settings in Skype.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Locate &amp;quot;Options...&amp;quot; in Skype.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Locate the &amp;quot;Connection&amp;quot; options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype2.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove the tick / check from the Checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype3.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the &amp;quot;Save&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You may need to re-start your computer for this to take effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Still having problems but do not have Skype installed?====&lt;br /&gt;
* Check for another program which may be using port 80. IIS is commonly found to be the culprit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Administrator]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Installation]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Adding/editing_a_glossary&amp;diff=18076</id>
		<title>Adding/editing a glossary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Adding/editing_a_glossary&amp;diff=18076"/>
		<updated>2006-11-18T17:47:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* Glossary Type */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Help files}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Glossaries}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Glossary settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Name/Description=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you should describe the purpose of the glossary, provide instructions or background information, links etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Entries shown per page===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This defines the number of entries shown per page. The glossary can be configured to restrict the number of entries shown per page. If you have a large number of automatically-linked entries you should set this number lower to prevent long loading times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Glossary Type===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can decide whether the glossary will be main or secondary. The glossary system allows you to export entries from any secondary glossary to the main one of the course. In order to do this, you should specify which glossary is the main one. You can only have one main glossary per course and only teachers are allowed to update it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, a glossary mey be specified as &amp;quot;Global&amp;quot; (by administrators only in versions prior to 1.7). A Global glossary is different  to a normal Main or Secondary glossary in that the entries create automatic links throughout the whole site (and not just in the same course the glossary belongs to or an associated metacourse).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Students can add entries===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lets you specify whether a student can or cannot add, edit or delete his/her own entries. Entries exported to a main glossary can be updated or deleted by teachers only, so this setting only applies to secondary glossaries. (Note: A teacher can edit or delete any entry at any time.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Duplicated entries allowed===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Turning that on allows multiple entries to use the same concept name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allow comments on entries===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That allows students to add comments to glossary entries. You can choose whether this feature is enabled or disabled. Teachers always can add comments to glossary entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allow print view===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That allows students to use the print view of the glossary. You can choose whether this feature is enabled or disabled. Teachers always can use the print view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Automatically link glossary entries===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If site-wide glossary autolinking is enabled by an administrator (see [[Filters (administrator)]] for further details), then turning this on allows individual entries in this glossary to be automatically linked whenever the concept words and phrases appear throughout the rest of the same course. This includes forum postings, internal resources, week summaries and so on. Note that enabling linking for the glossary does not automatically turn on linking for each entry - linking needs to be set for each entry individually. If you do not want particular text to be linked (in a forum posting, say) then you should add &amp;lt;nolink&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;/nolink&amp;gt; tags around the text. Note that category names are also linked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approved by default===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That allows the teacher to define what happens to new entries added by students. They can be automatically made available to everyone, otherwise the teacher will have to approve each one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Display format===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That specifies the way that each entry will be shown within the glossary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default formats are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Simple Dictionary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That looks like a conventional dictionary with separate entries. No authors are displayed and attachments are shown as links. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Continuous&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That shows the entries one after other without any kind of separation but the editing icons. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Full with Author&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A forum-like display format showing author&#039;s data. Attachments are shown as links. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Full without Author&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A forum-like display format that does not show author&#039;s data. Attachments are shown as links. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Encyclopedia &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like &#039;Full with Author&#039; but attached images are shown inline. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* FAQ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Useful for displaying lists of Frequently Asked Questions. It automatically appends the words QUESTION and ANSWER in the concept and definition respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Browsing options in Alphabet Display===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can customize the way a user can browse a glossary. Browsing and searching are always available, but you can define three more options:&lt;br /&gt;
# SHOW SPECIAL Enable or disable browsing by special characters like @, #, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# SHOW ALPHABET Enable or disable browsing by alphabetic letters.&lt;br /&gt;
# SHOW ALL Enable or disable browsing of all entries at once.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allow entries to be rated===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As in forums, you can allow entries to be rated. Here you will have to consider enabling two options: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Use ratings====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you decide to rate posts on the forum, you will have to define settings of the three following aspects: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Users&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want everybody to rate posts, choose &#039;Everyone can rate posts&#039;. Otherwise, pick &#039;Only teachers can rate posts&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* View&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to keep the grades known only to the individual students graded, you should choose the option &#039;Students can only see their own ratings&#039;. If there is no such a need, opt for &#039;Students can see everyone&#039;s ratings&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Grade&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several grading scales you can choose from. You can give a number of points to each post (from 1 to 100) or you can opt for two other scales: &#039;&#039;&#039;Scale: satisfactory&#039;&#039;&#039; (Outstanding, Satisfactory and Not satisfactory) or &#039;&#039;&#039;Separate and Connected ways of knowing&#039;&#039;&#039; (Mostly Connected Knowing, Separate and Connected, Mostly Separate Knowing). More information about the latter one are to be found [[Separate and Connected ways of knowing|here]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Restrict ratings to posts with dates in this range====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you enable the &#039;&#039;&#039;Use ratings&#039;&#039;&#039; option, you will also face the necessity of choosing whether or not enable another option restricting ratings to posts in terms of time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Visible to students===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also decide on whether or not the glossary will be seen by the students. You can hide the activity from students by selecting &#039;Hide&#039;. It is useful if you don&#039;t want to make the activity available immediately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Teacher]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Glossary]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Windows_installation_using_XAMPP&amp;diff=16205</id>
		<title>Windows installation using XAMPP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Windows_installation_using_XAMPP&amp;diff=16205"/>
		<updated>2006-09-23T20:40:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* Still having problems but do not have Skype installed? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*Return to [[Windows installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Windows installation using XAMPP ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In this guide to installing Moodle on a computer using the Windows XP operating system there are a series of steps you will need to take which are explained step-by-step below. In overview the process is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first steps are to obtain the Moodle files themselves and the software package (XAMPP) which installs the environment (PHP, Apache and MySql) Moodle requires to run on you computer. When these have been downloaded you will need to install XAMPP on you computer in much the same way as any other Windows program. The steps detail a recommended change to one of the installed components before explaining how to launch XAMPP and create the database required by Moodle (the database you create will be referred to later when installing Moodle).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having set up the environment you must then place the Moodle files downloaded earlier into the correct location so that they can be accessed for the purposes of initiating the installation process (now) and later to run Moodle. (The installation and use of Moodle is conducted entirely from you web browser e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note: These guidelines are not intended for the Complete Install Package from Downloads at Moodle.org - although the troubleshooting part may help if you encounter problems.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Preparation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Get Moodle!====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Download the version of Moodle you wish to install from [http://download.moodle.org/ Moodle.org]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: 14a.gif]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Get XAMPP!====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Download XAMPP for Windows from [http://www.apachefriends.org/en/xampp.html Apachefriends.org]. This example assumes that you have downloaded the “Installer” package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Allow yourself some time====&lt;br /&gt;
*Say 45 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installing XAMPP===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Run the installer, eventually you will be presented with an option about where to install the package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp2.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this example we are installing the package at c:\apachefriends\151 – that’s because it suits what our needs, you can choose you own location by specifying any suitable alternative folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Continue with the installation, this will take a while!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp3.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Eventually you will be presented with the option to install Apache, MySQL, Filezilla as a service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp4.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It’s probably best to choose “No” for now. You can always enable these as services later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Next you’ll be asked if you want to start the XAMPP Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp5.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “No” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change PHP version===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It&#039;s often a good idea to switch to PHP version 4.x before installing Moodle to lessen the chances of any incompatibilities with more recent versions. Currently Moodle requires PHP version 4.3 (or higher).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To roll back to an earlier version of PHP as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*From the “Start” menu locate the program group for apachefriends &amp;gt; xampp&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp20.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select “php switch”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp21.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Follow the instructions in the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp22.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch XAMPP Control Panel ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On your Desktop, locate the XAMPP icon and double click to launch the Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When the XAMPP Control Panel has launched, click the “Start” buttons for Apache and MySQL. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp6.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If all is well you will see something like this.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If Apache fails to run i.e. the &amp;quot;Running&amp;quot; text with the green background keeps disappearing) and you are using Skype - please review &amp;quot;Troubleshooting&amp;quot; at the end of these instructions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp31.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Create the database===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a database for your Moodle “site” we will use the phpMyAdmin utility included with XAMPP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To access this launch the web browser of your choice (Firefox is used in this example), type http://localhost in the address bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp8.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The XAMPP default page is displayed, click the link for your preferred language – we will be using English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp9.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*From the menu on the left, click on “phpMyAdmin”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp10.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When phpMy Admin has launched in your browser window, enter the name of your database in the “Create new database” field. In this example we are naming our database “moodle153”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp11.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Create” button to create the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp12.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new database should be present in the dropdown list when the page has refreshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp13.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extract the downloaded Moodle files to the correct location.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Locate the file downloaded from Moodle.org and either copy or cut the file to the Windows clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the XAMPP Control Panel and click on the “Explore” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp15.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A Windows Explorer view similar to the one below will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp16.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the “htdocs” folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp17.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp18.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Paste the file cut/copied earlier into this folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Extract the Moodle files from the file downloaded earlier. A default folder named “moodle” is created with the Moodle files within.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp19.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Start the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In your web browser, type the path to the folder containing the Moodle files in te address bar – in this example it’s &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://localhost/moodle&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp23.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The initial install page is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp24.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Choose your preferred language (English is used in this example) and click the “Next” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A diagnostic report is displayed – hopefully it will look like this, if not you may need to address some issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp25.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The paths for your Moodle installation are shown – accept these or amend as desired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp26.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this screen we enter the database settings. The fields are populated with some suggested values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp27.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this example the database created is “moodle153”. The “root” user will be used without a password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*DO NOT USE THE “ROOT” USER WITHOUT A PASSWORD FOR PRODUCTION INSTALLATIONS AS THIS CREATES A SECURITY VULNERABILITY&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp28.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When the fields have been populated, click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Provided the Moodle folder is writable a message confirming the configuration has been completed will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp29.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “ Continue” button to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Moodle copyright / licence notices are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp30.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Yes” button to continue, then follow the instructions on the following screens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Troubleshooting===&lt;br /&gt;
====Skype====&lt;br /&gt;
*If XAMPP does not work when you launch your browser and you have [http://www.skype.com Skype] enabled it may be necessary to change the port settings in Skype.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Locate &amp;quot;Options...&amp;quot; in Skype.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Locate the &amp;quot;Connection&amp;quot; options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype2.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove the tick / check from the Checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype3.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the &amp;quot;Save&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You may need to re-start your computer for this to take effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Still having problems but do not have Skype installed?====&lt;br /&gt;
* Check for another program which may be using port 80. IIS is commonly found to be the culprit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Administrator]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Installation]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Windows_installation_using_XAMPP&amp;diff=16204</id>
		<title>Windows installation using XAMPP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Windows_installation_using_XAMPP&amp;diff=16204"/>
		<updated>2006-09-23T20:39:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* Troubleshooting */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*Return to [[Windows installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Windows installation using XAMPP ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In this guide to installing Moodle on a computer using the Windows XP operating system there are a series of steps you will need to take which are explained step-by-step below. In overview the process is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first steps are to obtain the Moodle files themselves and the software package (XAMPP) which installs the environment (PHP, Apache and MySql) Moodle requires to run on you computer. When these have been downloaded you will need to install XAMPP on you computer in much the same way as any other Windows program. The steps detail a recommended change to one of the installed components before explaining how to launch XAMPP and create the database required by Moodle (the database you create will be referred to later when installing Moodle).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having set up the environment you must then place the Moodle files downloaded earlier into the correct location so that they can be accessed for the purposes of initiating the installation process (now) and later to run Moodle. (The installation and use of Moodle is conducted entirely from you web browser e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note: These guidelines are not intended for the Complete Install Package from Downloads at Moodle.org - although the troubleshooting part may help if you encounter problems.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Preparation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Get Moodle!====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Download the version of Moodle you wish to install from [http://download.moodle.org/ Moodle.org]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: 14a.gif]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Get XAMPP!====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Download XAMPP for Windows from [http://www.apachefriends.org/en/xampp.html Apachefriends.org]. This example assumes that you have downloaded the “Installer” package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Allow yourself some time====&lt;br /&gt;
*Say 45 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installing XAMPP===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Run the installer, eventually you will be presented with an option about where to install the package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp2.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this example we are installing the package at c:\apachefriends\151 – that’s because it suits what our needs, you can choose you own location by specifying any suitable alternative folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Continue with the installation, this will take a while!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp3.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Eventually you will be presented with the option to install Apache, MySQL, Filezilla as a service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp4.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It’s probably best to choose “No” for now. You can always enable these as services later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Next you’ll be asked if you want to start the XAMPP Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp5.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “No” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change PHP version===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It&#039;s often a good idea to switch to PHP version 4.x before installing Moodle to lessen the chances of any incompatibilities with more recent versions. Currently Moodle requires PHP version 4.3 (or higher).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To roll back to an earlier version of PHP as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*From the “Start” menu locate the program group for apachefriends &amp;gt; xampp&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp20.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select “php switch”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp21.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Follow the instructions in the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp22.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch XAMPP Control Panel ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On your Desktop, locate the XAMPP icon and double click to launch the Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When the XAMPP Control Panel has launched, click the “Start” buttons for Apache and MySQL. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp6.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If all is well you will see something like this.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If Apache fails to run i.e. the &amp;quot;Running&amp;quot; text with the green background keeps disappearing) and you are using Skype - please review &amp;quot;Troubleshooting&amp;quot; at the end of these instructions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp31.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Create the database===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a database for your Moodle “site” we will use the phpMyAdmin utility included with XAMPP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To access this launch the web browser of your choice (Firefox is used in this example), type http://localhost in the address bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp8.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The XAMPP default page is displayed, click the link for your preferred language – we will be using English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp9.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*From the menu on the left, click on “phpMyAdmin”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp10.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When phpMy Admin has launched in your browser window, enter the name of your database in the “Create new database” field. In this example we are naming our database “moodle153”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp11.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Create” button to create the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp12.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new database should be present in the dropdown list when the page has refreshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp13.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extract the downloaded Moodle files to the correct location.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Locate the file downloaded from Moodle.org and either copy or cut the file to the Windows clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the XAMPP Control Panel and click on the “Explore” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp15.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A Windows Explorer view similar to the one below will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp16.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the “htdocs” folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp17.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp18.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Paste the file cut/copied earlier into this folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Extract the Moodle files from the file downloaded earlier. A default folder named “moodle” is created with the Moodle files within.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp19.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Start the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In your web browser, type the path to the folder containing the Moodle files in te address bar – in this example it’s &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://localhost/moodle&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp23.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The initial install page is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp24.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Choose your preferred language (English is used in this example) and click the “Next” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A diagnostic report is displayed – hopefully it will look like this, if not you may need to address some issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp25.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The paths for your Moodle installation are shown – accept these or amend as desired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp26.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this screen we enter the database settings. The fields are populated with some suggested values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp27.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this example the database created is “moodle153”. The “root” user will be used without a password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*DO NOT USE THE “ROOT” USER WITHOUT A PASSWORD FOR PRODUCTION INSTALLATIONS AS THIS CREATES A SECURITY VULNERABILITY&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp28.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When the fields have been populated, click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Provided the Moodle folder is writable a message confirming the configuration has been completed will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp29.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “ Continue” button to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Moodle copyright / licence notices are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp30.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Yes” button to continue, then follow the instructions on the following screens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Troubleshooting===&lt;br /&gt;
====Skype====&lt;br /&gt;
*If XAMPP does not work when you launch your browser and you have [http://www.skype.com Skype] enabled it may be necessary to change the port settings in Skype.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Locate &amp;quot;Options...&amp;quot; in Skype.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Locate the &amp;quot;Connection&amp;quot; options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype2.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove the tick / check from the Checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype3.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the &amp;quot;Save&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You may need to re-start your computer for this to take effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Still having problems but do not have Skype installed?===&lt;br /&gt;
* Check for another program which may be using port 80. IIS is commonly found to be the culprit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Administrator]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Installation]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Windows_installation_using_XAMPP&amp;diff=15217</id>
		<title>Windows installation using XAMPP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Windows_installation_using_XAMPP&amp;diff=15217"/>
		<updated>2006-09-02T10:34:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* Windows installation using XAMPP */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*Return to [[Windows installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Windows installation using XAMPP ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In this guide to installing Moodle on a computer using the Windows XP operating system there are a series of steps you will need to take which are explained step-by-step below. In overview the process is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first steps are to obtain the Moodle files themselves and the software package (XAMPP) which installs the environment (PHP, Apache and MySql) Moodle requires to run on you computer. When these have been downloaded you will need to install XAMPP on you computer in much the same way as any other Windows program. The steps detail a recommended change to one of the installed components before explaining how to launch XAMPP and create the database required by Moodle (the database you create will be referred to later when installing Moodle).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having set up the environment you must then place the Moodle files downloaded earlier into the correct location so that they can be accessed for the purposes of initiating the installation process (now) and later to run Moodle. (The installation and use of Moodle is conducted entirely from you web browser e.g. Internet Explorer, Firefox).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note: These guidelines are not intended for the Complete Install Package from Downloads at Moodle.org - although the troubleshooting part may help if you encounter problems.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Preparation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Get Moodle!====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Download the version of Moodle you wish to install from [http://download.moodle.org/ Moodle.org]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: 14a.gif]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Get XAMPP!====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Download XAMPP for Windows from [http://www.apachefriends.org/en/xampp.html Apachefriends.org]. This example assumes that you have downloaded the “Installer” package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Allow yourself some time====&lt;br /&gt;
*Say 45 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installing XAMPP===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Run the installer, eventually you will be presented with an option about where to install the package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp2.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this example we are installing the package at c:\apachefriends\151 – that’s because it suits what our needs, you can choose you own location by specifying any suitable alternative folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Continue with the installation, this will take a while!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp3.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Eventually you will be presented with the option to install Apache, MySQL, Filezilla as a service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp4.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It’s probably best to choose “No” for now. You can always enable these as services later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Next you’ll be asked if you want to start the XAMPP Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp5.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “No” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change PHP version===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It&#039;s often a good idea to switch to PHP version 4.x before installing Moodle to lessen the chances of any incompatibilities with more recent versions. Currently Moodle requires PHP version 4.3 (or higher).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To roll back to an earlier version of PHP as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*From the “Start” menu locate the program group for apachefriends &amp;gt; xampp&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp20.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select “php switch”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp21.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Follow the instructions in the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp22.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch XAMPP Control Panel ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On your Desktop, locate the XAMPP icon and double click to launch the Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When the XAMPP Control Panel has launched, click the “Start” buttons for Apache and MySQL. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp6.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If all is well you will see something like this.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If Apache fails to run i.e. the &amp;quot;Running&amp;quot; text with the green background keeps disappearing) and you are using Skype - please review &amp;quot;Troubleshooting&amp;quot; at the end of these instructions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp31.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Create the database===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a database for your Moodle “site” we will use the phpMyAdmin utility included with XAMPP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To access this launch the web browser of your choice (Firefox is used in this example), type http://localhost in the address bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp8.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The XAMPP default page is displayed, click the link for your preferred language – we will be using English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp9.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*From the menu on the left, click on “phpMyAdmin”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp10.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When phpMy Admin has launched in your browser window, enter the name of your database in the “Create new database” field. In this example we are naming our database “moodle153”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp11.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Create” button to create the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp12.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new database should be present in the dropdown list when the page has refreshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp13.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extract the downloaded Moodle files to the correct location.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Locate the file downloaded from Moodle.org and either copy or cut the file to the Windows clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the XAMPP Control Panel and click on the “Explore” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp15.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A Windows Explorer view similar to the one below will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp16.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the “htdocs” folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp17.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp18.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Paste the file cut/copied earlier into this folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Extract the Moodle files from the file downloaded earlier. A default folder named “moodle” is created with the Moodle files within.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp19.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Start the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In your web browser, type the path to the folder containing the Moodle files in te address bar – in this example it’s &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://localhost/moodle&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp23.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The initial install page is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp24.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Choose your preferred language (English is used in this example) and click the “Next” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A diagnostic report is displayed – hopefully it will look like this, if not you may need to address some issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp25.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The paths for your Moodle installation are shown – accept these or amend as desired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp26.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this screen we enter the database settings. The fields are populated with some suggested values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp27.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this example the database created is “moodle153”. The “root” user will be used without a password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*DO NOT USE THE “ROOT” USER WITHOUT A PASSWORD FOR PRODUCTION INSTALLATIONS AS THIS CREATES A SECURITY VULNERABILITY&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp28.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When the fields have been populated, click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Provided the Moodle folder is writable a message confirming the configuration has been completed will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp29.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “ Continue” button to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Moodle copyright / licence notices are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp30.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Yes” button to continue, then follow the instructions on the following screens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Troubleshooting===&lt;br /&gt;
====Skype====&lt;br /&gt;
*If XAMPP does not work when you launch your browser and you have [http://www.skype.com Skype] enabled it may be necessary to change the port settings in Skype.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Locate &amp;quot;Options...&amp;quot; in Skype.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Locate the &amp;quot;Connection&amp;quot; options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype2.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove the tick / check from the Checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype3.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the &amp;quot;Save&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You may need to re-start your computer for this to take effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Administrator]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Installation]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Windows_installation_using_XAMPP&amp;diff=15049</id>
		<title>Windows installation using XAMPP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/test/index.php?title=Windows_installation_using_XAMPP&amp;diff=15049"/>
		<updated>2006-08-29T09:06:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ray: /* Change PHP version */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*Return to [[Windows installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Windows installation using XAMPP ==&lt;br /&gt;
*XAMPP is a package which installs PHP, Apache and MySql (amongst other things) and will enable you to run Moodle on a Windows PC, Laptop or Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The following is a step by step guide to installing Moodle on a computer running Windows XP using the XAMPP package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note: These guidelines are not intended for the Complete Install Package from Downloads at Moodle.org - although the troubleshooting part may help if you encounter problems.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Preparation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Get Moodle!====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Download the version of Moodle you wish to install from [http://download.moodle.org/ Moodle.org]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: 14a.gif]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Get XAMPP!====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Download XAMPP for Windows from [http://www.apachefriends.org/en/xampp.html Apachefriends.org]. This example assumes that you have downloaded the “Installer” package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Allow yourself some time====&lt;br /&gt;
*Say 45 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Installing XAMPP===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Run the installer, eventually you will be presented with an option about where to install the package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp2.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this example we are installing the package at c:\apachefriends\151 – that’s because it suits what our needs, you can choose you own location by specifying any suitable alternative folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Continue with the installation, this will take a while!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp3.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Eventually you will be presented with the option to install Apache, MySQL, Filezilla as a service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp4.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It’s probably best to choose “No” for now. You can always enable these as services later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Next you’ll be asked if you want to start the XAMPP Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp5.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “No” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change PHP version===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*It&#039;s often a good idea to switch to PHP version 4.x before installing Moodle to lessen the chances of any incompatibilities with more recent versions. Currently Moodle requires PHP version 4.3 (or higher).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To roll back to an earlier version of PHP as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*From the “Start” menu locate the program group for apachefriends &amp;gt; xampp&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp20.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Select “php switch”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp21.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Follow the instructions in the window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp22.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Launch XAMPP Control Panel ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On your Desktop, locate the XAMPP icon and double click to launch the Control Panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When the XAMPP Control Panel has launched, click the “Start” buttons for Apache and MySQL. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp6.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If all is well you will see something like this.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;If Apache fails to run i.e. the &amp;quot;Running&amp;quot; text with the green background keeps disappearing) and you are using Skype - please review &amp;quot;Troubleshooting&amp;quot; at the end of these instructions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp31.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Create the database===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To create a database for your Moodle “site” we will use the phpMyAdmin utility included with XAMPP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*To access this launch the web browser of your choice (Firefox is used in this example), type http://localhost in the address bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp8.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The XAMPP default page is displayed, click the link for your preferred language – we will be using English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp9.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*From the menu on the left, click on “phpMyAdmin”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp10.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When phpMy Admin has launched in your browser window, enter the name of your database in the “Create new database” field. In this example we are naming our database “moodle153”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp11.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Create” button to create the database.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp12.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new database should be present in the dropdown list when the page has refreshed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp13.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Extract the downloaded Moodle files to the correct location.===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Locate the file downloaded from Moodle.org and either copy or cut the file to the Windows clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the XAMPP Control Panel and click on the “Explore” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp15.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A Windows Explorer view similar to the one below will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp16.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Open the “htdocs” folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp17.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp18.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Paste the file cut/copied earlier into this folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Extract the Moodle files from the file downloaded earlier. A default folder named “moodle” is created with the Moodle files within.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp19.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Start the installation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In your web browser, type the path to the folder containing the Moodle files in te address bar – in this example it’s &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;http://localhost/moodle&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp23.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The initial install page is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp24.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Choose your preferred language (English is used in this example) and click the “Next” button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A diagnostic report is displayed – hopefully it will look like this, if not you may need to address some issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp25.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The paths for your Moodle installation are shown – accept these or amend as desired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp26.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this screen we enter the database settings. The fields are populated with some suggested values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp27.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In this example the database created is “moodle153”. The “root” user will be used without a password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*DO NOT USE THE “ROOT” USER WITHOUT A PASSWORD FOR PRODUCTION INSTALLATIONS AS THIS CREATES A SECURITY VULNERABILITY&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp28.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When the fields have been populated, click the “Next” button to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Provided the Moodle folder is writable a message confirming the configuration has been completed will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp29.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “ Continue” button to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Moodle copyright / licence notices are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Xampp30.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Click the “Yes” button to continue, then follow the instructions on the following screens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Troubleshooting===&lt;br /&gt;
====Skype====&lt;br /&gt;
*If XAMPP does not work when you launch your browser and you have [http://www.skype.com Skype] enabled it may be necessary to change the port settings in Skype.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Locate &amp;quot;Options...&amp;quot; in Skype.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype1.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Locate the &amp;quot;Connection&amp;quot; options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype2.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove the tick / check from the Checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image: Skype3.gif]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Click the &amp;quot;Save&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You may need to re-start your computer for this to take effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Administrator]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Installation]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ray</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>